LED Indicator Light/Momentary Switch/Push Buttons/Selector Switch ...

Pushbuttons and Lights 

Section 25 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / p u s h b u t t o n s _ l i g h t s 

PB & Lights 

In this interactive 

PDF you can: 

• Use bookmarks 

to navigate by 

product category 

• Use bookmarks 

to save, search, 

print or e-mail 

the catalog section 

• Click on part #s 

to link directly to 

our online store 

for current pricing, 

specs, 

stocking information 

and more 

Volume 14 

e25-1

Quality pilot devices at 

incredible prices . . . 

order today, install tomorrow 

Fuji 30mm metal pushbuttons 

with 65mm mushroom-style 

operator 

Volume 14 

Volume 14 

e25-2 

These non-illumintated pushbuttons feature a large 65mm diameter 

plastic mushroom operator and mount in a standard 30.5mm hole. 

All pushbuttons include operator, support base and contact block(s). 

All switches in this series use replacement contact block AR9B290 

(Blue, N.O.) or AR9B291 (Red, N.C.), sold separately in packages 

of one. 


GCX series 22mm metal pilot devices 

We have teamed up with European partners to offer you the best value 

in high-quality 22mm metal operator switches and pushbuttons. 

From the attractive chrome plating on the operator to the selfcleaning 

silver contacts, nothing has been sacrificed to offer 

you the highest quality switches at great prices. Most 

lighted devices are available in both incandescent 

and LED versions. 

GCX series 22mm plastic 

pilot devices 

22mm plastic pushbuttons - a rugged yet economical 

line of plastic pilot devices for your operator panel 

designs. These are made with fiberglass reinforced 

thermoplastic and can be used as a direct replacement 

for existing 22mm metal pilot devices. 

WERMA modular stack lights 

WERMA’s modular stack light system offers you total 

flexibility since it lets you choose for a completely free 

combination of optical and audible 

signal elements. The bayonet mechanism 

allows elements to be mechanically and 

electrically connected within seconds. 

This means that elements can be safely and 

easily changed (contact-voltage proof) 

without the need for tools. 

• Signal elements in common voltages 

(24V DC and 115V AC) 

• Modular system allows combination 

as required 

• 70 and 50mm diameter (not all features 

are available on 50mm models) 

• Red, green, blue, yellow and clear colors 

available 

• Siren with self adjusting sound output just 

one of a wide range of audible elements 

WERMA 70mm and 50mm stack 

light components with a variety of 

incandescent, LED and other 

visual and audible elements 

• Incandescent 

Permanent 

•LED Permanent 

• LED Flashing 

• Xenon Flashing 

• LED Blinking 

• LED Rotating 

WERMA signaling devices 

Signaling devices from WERMA 

include permanent, flashing and 

rotating beacons in various diameters, 

colors and mounting options, 

as well as audible 

alarm buzzers. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Cutler-Hammer 

parts are available 

for sale in North 

America only. 

Double and single foot switches 

Choose these switches for foot switch-operated machines such as 

shearing machines, spinning machines, spinning lathes, machine 

tools, wrapping machines, riveting machines, and riveting presses. 

AutomationDirect stocks foot switches in safety anti-trip, free 

moving and free moving maintained operational formats. 

Cutler-Hammer stack lights 

Cutler-Hammer 30mm 

NEMA HT800 series 

We took advantage of the experience of 

Cutler-Hammer engineering to take existing 

product technology and make it better. We 

proudly offer you the HT8 series of 30mm 

pilot devices from Cutler-Hammer. 

Cutler-Hammer E22 series 

22mm non-metal pushbuttons 

and switches 

The 22mm pushbutton line offers an array of 

functional, smartly-styled illuminated and 

non-illuminated push buttons, selector 

switches, and more. 

Die-cast 

aluminum 

guards 

The E26 stack light series is a modular system that provides illuminated 

and audible status indication in all directions. Modular, “no 

tools assembly” means installation in minutes and adjustments in 

seconds. Choose from components in either 24V or 120V AC/DC 

versions including incandescent or LED light modules in five colors, 

red or clear xenon strobes, audible alarm in three tonal patterns, 

standard and flashing bases and extension tubes. Choose your 

color configuration, or order one of our preassembled models for 

convenience. 

ABS 

plastic 

guards 

• 22mm non-metal pilot devices 

• Flush, extended, illuminated, mushrooms, 

E-stops, and a full line-up of switches 

Killark Hazardous Location Controls 

Assemblies: factory sealed and 

unsealed models available 

• Pushbutton Control Station 

• Pilot Light Control Station 

• Pushbutton/Pilot Light Combo Control Station 

• Mushroom Pushbutton Control Station 

• Selector Switch Control Station 

• Device/Splice Boxes 

• Accessories and more 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / p u s h b u t t o n s _ l i g h t s 

Cutler-Hammer parts 

are available 

for sale in North 

America only. 

Volume 14 

Volume 14 

Pushbuttons and Lights e25-3 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 

Switches 

Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 

Pushbuttons/ 

Lights 

Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Pilot Devices 

Features 

Volume 14 

e25-4 

Any combination of contact blocks 

is allowed, up to a total of six (two 

blocks wide and three blocks deep) 

Easy installation 

1) 

2) 

3) 

All indicators offer side wire 

entry with back screw 

terminals for easy wiring 


Support base mounts into 

panels up to 6 mm thick 

CLICK 

4) 

5) 

6) 

Max torque: 4.5 lb-in 

Turn 1st screw to just 

touch the panel 

Tighten 2nd screw 

Tighten 1st screw 

Secure mounting method eliminates 

twisting in mounting hole 

Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic bezel 

Self-cleaning silver 

contacts provide 

reliable, low-energy 

switching 

Contacts rated A300 

(Refer to E22 Series 

mounting/contact rating 

section for details) 

Operators are protected to IP 40 or 

IP65 (see specifications below) 

Clear contact block for illustration purposes. 

Clear contact blocks are not available for sale 

from AutomationDirect. 

Pressure plate wiring 

terminals for easy, 

secure wiring, accepting 

up to 14 AWG wire 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX/ECX Series 22 mm Plastic Pilot 

Devices Selection Guide 

Flush Extended 

• Momentary 30 mm operators 

• Available in six colors: black, red, yellow, 

blue, white and green 

• One contact block included 

• ON/OFF models also available 

Ours: $4.75 (GCX3100) 

Allen-Bradley: $30.57* (800F-MX10, 800F-ALM 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-F2) 

Illuminated 

• Available in clear, red, yellow, blue, white 

and green 

• Momentary and push-push styles 

• Flush or extended operators available 

• 24 and 120-volt models 

• Incandescent and LED models 


Ours: $9.25 (GCX3212-24) 

Allen-Bradley:$37.62* (800F-MX10, 800F-ALM 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-LF3) 

Selector switches 

• Two and three-position in spring return 

and maintained, non-illuminated and illuminated 


• Contact block included 

Ours: $7.25 (GCX3300) 


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-SM22) 





Ours: $5.00 (GCX3110) 


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-E2) 

Mushroom 

• Available in momentary, twist-to-release, 

and key release models 


• Also available in incandescent and LED 

illuminated models 

Ours: $9.25 (GCX3131) 


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-MT44) 

Key switches 

• Two and three-position 

• Contact blocks included 

Ours: $13.50 (GCX3420) 


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FP-KM21) 

Indicator lights 

• Available in popular colors 

• 24 and 120-volt models 

• Frosted diffuser for even lighting 

• Incandescent or LED indicators 

Ours: $5.50 (ECX1052-24) 

Allen-Bradley: $29.11* (800FP-P3 + 800F-ALM 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-D3C) 

Two way 

• Two way on/off control 

• With or without illuminated indicators 

• One NO and one NC contact 

block included 

Joysticks 

• Two and four-position, maintained and 

momentary 


Accessories 

•One through 

six-hole enclosures 

*All prices are U.S. published prices. AutomationDirect’s prices are from April 2012 Price List. Prices and specifications may vary by dealer and configuration. Allen-Bradley 

industrial control component prices from www.rockwellautomation.com/en/e-tools 2/20/12. 

• Bulbs 

and LEDs 

• Protective 

actuator 

caps 

Volume 14 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / p u s h b u t t o n s _ l i g h t s s Pushbuttons and Lights e25-5 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Pilot Devices 

Specifications 

Assembly information 

These pushbuttons and indicator lights are supplied with the appropriate contact blocks, unless otherwise indicated. 

Use these drawings as a guide to make sure there is adequate clearance behind the panel. 

Pushbuttons and selector switches 

Mounting 


These specifications apply to all the GCX and ECX 22 mm plastic pushbuttons and switches. 

Standards 

Reference 

Physical Specifications 

CEI EN 60947-5-1, CSA C22-2 n.14 

Approvals CSA, IMQ (where specified), UL File E189258 

Enclosure 

Material 

Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic 

Contacts 

Material 

Silver 

Protection 

Degree 

Electric Shock 

Protection 

Temperature 

Ratings 

Working 

Positions 

Mechanical 

Life 

Positive 

Opening 

Operation 

Volume 14 

e25-6 

This layout is suitable if all switches are 

230V or less and the same polarity. 

IP 40 for GCX3151-24, GCX3151-120, GCX3153-24 and 

GCX3153-120. IP 65 for all others.(See Appendix of this catalog for 

explanation of IP ratings according to IEC 144 CEI 70-1.) 

IEC 536, Class II 

Storage: -40º -to 80ºC (-40º to 176º F) 

Operating: -25º to +70ºC (-13º to 158º F) 

All working positions are allowed 

Pushbuttons, selector switches, joy stick switches: 1,000,000 

operations 

Emergency mushrooms and push-push pushbuttons: 300,000 

operations 

(according to IEC 947-5-1) 

All functions incorporating an NC contact are positive opening 

operation 


Dimensions: mm [inches] 


Illuminated pushbuttons and selector 

switches/indicator lights 


400V or less and different polarity. 

Rated Thermal 

Current (contact block) 

Rated Insulation Voltage 

NOTE: Contact blocks 

can be arranged up to 

three deep by two wide. 

Typical Wiring 

4 3 

Normally Open 

2 1 

Normally Closed 

x1 x2 

Electrical Specifications 

Indicator 

A300, Q300 (Refer to E22 Series mounting/contact rating 


Ui 660V according to CEI EN 60947-5-1, 

300V according to CSA C22-2 n.14 and UL 508 

Dielectric Strength 3kV (1 second) 

Insulation Resistance 2M� min. (500VDC) 

Initial Contact Resistance �25m� 

Short-Circuit Protection* Cartridge fuses gl 10 A-500V 10, 3x38l1 100 KA 

Terminal Markings According to CENELEC EN 50013 

Single screw with non-loosening plate clamp,14AWG max., 

Connections 

Tighten to 0.8Nm max 

Self-cleaning types EN01 (N.C.) EN 10 (N.O.) slow action, 

Contacts Operation positive opening 

Operation Frequency 3600 operations per hour max. 

AC15 (Control of AC electromagnetic loads) 

24 volts AC at 10 amps 

130 volts AC at 6.5 amps 

Utilization Category 

DC13 (Control of DC electromagnetic loads) 

24 volts DC at 1.5 amps 


*Note: Recommended, not supplied 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Pushbuttons 

Momentary flush pushbuttons 

with protective plastic ring 

(30 mm dia. actuator) 

GCX3102 

Momentary Flush ON/OFF pushbuttons 



GCX3106 

GCX3107 

For accessories, see 22 mm 

Plastic Pilot Device 

Accessories in this section. 



Part 

Number 

Color Price Description 

GCX3100 Black 

GCX3101 Red 

GCX3102 Green 

GCX3103 Yellow 

GCX3104 Blue 

GCX3105 White 

Part 

Number 

GCX3106 

GCX3107 

One N.O. contact block, 30 mm dia. 

actuator, mounts in 22 mm hole 

One N.C. contact block, 30 mm dia. 





Red with OFF 

symbol (O) on 

actuator 

Green with ON 

symbol (I) on 

actuator 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / p u s h b u t t o n s - l i g h t s Pushbuttons and Lights e25-7 

 

 





Volume 14 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


Momentary 

extended pushbuttons 

Volume 14 

e25-8 

GCX3113 

Double-headed momentary pushbuttons 

GCX3152 (with on/off symbols) 

GCX3150, GCX3152 models 



Part 

Number 



GCX3111 Red 



GCX3114 Blue 


Part Number Price Double-headed Momentary Pushbuttons Description 

GCX3150 Double-headed for on/off control, One N.O. and one N.C. contact block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole, without symbols 

GCX3151-24 24VDC/VAC double-headed with indicator, faces without symbols. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole 


GCX3152 Double-headed for on/off control. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole. With “ON” (l) and “OFF” (0) symbols 

GCX3153-24* 24VDC/VAC double-headed with indicator, with ON (1) and OFF (0) symbols. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block 

GCX3153-120* 120VDC/AC double-headed with indicator, with ON (1) and OFF (0) symbols. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block 

* Note: Lamp data in 22 mm Plastic Pilot Device Accessories in this section. 

For accessories, see 22 mm Plastic Pilot 

Device Accessories in this section. 


GCX3151-24 

One N.O. contact block, extended 

30 mm dia. actuator, mounts in 

22 mm hole 

One N.C. contact block, extended 


22 mm hole 

One N.O. contact block, extended 


22 mm hole 

GCX3151-24, GCX3153-24, 

GCX3151-120, GCX3153-120 models 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


without Contact Block 

Momentary flush pushbutton 

operator (without contact block) 


GCX3100-SC 

NOTE: Contact block sold separately. See accessories. 

Momentary extended pushbutton 



GCX3111-SC 

GCX3101-SC 



NOTE: Contact block sold separately. See accessories. 

For accessories, see 22 mm 

Plastic Pilot Device Accessories 

in this section. 

Part Number Color Price Description 

GCX3100-SC Black 

GCX3101-SC Red 

GCX3102-SC Green 

22 mm plastic pushbutton operator, flush, includes 30mm 

diameter operator and support base ONLY. Contact blocks 

sold separately. Mounts in 22 mm hole. 











Contact Blocks 

22 mm plastic pushbutton operator, extended, includes 

30 mm diameter operator and support base ONLY. Contact 

block sold separately. Mounts in 22 mm hole. 







Contact blocks are availble for all these products. 

See accessories. 

ECX1040-2 ECX1030-2 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Illuminated 

Pushbuttons 

Momentary pushbuttons with 

protective plastic ring 

24 models available: 

• Protective plastic ring for flush mount pushbutton 

functionality 

• Includes incandescent bulb or LED lamp 

• 24V and 120V models 

• Available in six colors 

All pushbuttons include operator, support base, indicating 

bulb, and contact block. They are shipped 

unassembled. Legend plate is not included and must 

be ordered separately. All switches in this series use 

replacement contact block ECX1030 (Red, N.C.) or 

ECX1040 (Green, N.O.), sold separately in packages 

of two or five. 

Volume 14 

e25-10 

Part Number Lamp 

Color 


GCX3202-24 

Price Description 

Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 

LED Lamp 

Incandescent 

GCX3201-24 Red 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3201-120 Red 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3202-24 Green 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3202-120 Green 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1922-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3203-24 Yellow 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3203-120 Yellow 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3204-24 Blue 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3204-120 Blue 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3205-24 Clear 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3205-120 Clear 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3206-24 White 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3206-120 

LED 

White 22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3201-24L Red 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3201-120L Red 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1921-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3202-24L Green 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3202-120L Green 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1922-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3203-24L Yellow 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3203-120L Yellow 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3204-24L Blue 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3204-120L Blue 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3205-24L Clear 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3205-120L Clear 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3206-24L White 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3206-120L White 22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 




1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5



Momentary pushbuttons 

with extended actuator 


• Illuminated pushbuttons and indicators come 

complete with bulbs. 




All pushbuttons include operator, support base, 

indicating bulb, and contact block. They are 

shipped unassembled. Legend plate is not 

included and must be ordered separately. All 

switches in this series use replacement contact 

block ECX1030 (Red, N.C.) or ECX1040 (Green, 

N.O.), sold separately in packages of two or five. 

GCX3214-120 


Color 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


Incandescent 

GCX3211-24 Red 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3211-120 Red 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3212-24 Green 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3212-120 Green 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1922-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3213-24 Yellow 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3213-120 Yellow 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3214-24 Blue 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3214-120 Blue 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3215-24 Clear 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3215-120 Clear 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3216-24 White 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3216-120 


White 22 mm plastic extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3211-24L Red 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3211-120L Red 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3212-24L Green 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3212-120L Green 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1922-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3213-24L Yellow 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3213-120L Yellow 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3214-24L Blue 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3214-120L Blue 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3215-24L Clear 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3215-120L Clear 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX3216-24L White 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX3216-120L White 22 mm plastic extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 




Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index



Push-push style pushbuttons 



• Latching Push-ON, Push-OFF actuator 




• These switches are supplied with a special N.O. 

contact block designed for use with this actuator, 

but they also work with standard N.C. contacts. 

All switches in this series use replacement contact 

block ECX1042-2 (Brown, N.O.) or ECX1030-5 

or ECX1030-2 (Red, N.C.), sold separately. 

Volume 14 

e25-12 


Color 

Incandescent 

GCX3191-24 Red 

GCX3191-120 Red 

GCX3192-24 Green 


GCX3193-24 Yellow 


GCX3194-24 Blue 

GCX3194-120 Blue 

GCX3195-24 Clear 


GCX3196-24 White 



GCX3191-24L Red 

GCX3191-120L Red 

GCX3192-24L Green 


GCX3193-24L Yellow 


GCX3194-24L Blue 


GCX3195-24L Clear 


GCX3196-24L White 



GCX3194-24 


22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. 

Flush Push ON - Push OFF operator with colored plastic ring. 























22 mm plastic LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. 

Flush Push ON - Push OFF operator with colored plastic ring 
























For accessories, see 22 mm Plastic Pilot Device Accessories in this section. 

Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 
























1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5



Mushroom-style illuminated 

pushbuttons 

All pushbuttons include operator, support base, 

indicating bulb (if applicable) and contact block. 

They are shipped unassembled. Legend plate is 

not included and must be ordered separately. All 


block ECX1030 (Red, NC) or ECX1040 (Green, 



Color 

Incandescent 

GCX3221-24 

Price Mushroom-style Illuminated Pushbuttons Description 

GCX3221-24 Red 

22 mm plastic momentary pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 

24VDC/VAC, one N.C. contact block 

GCX3221-120 Red 

22 mm plastic momentary pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 

120VDC/VAC,one N.C. contact block 

GCX3226-24 Red 

22 mm plastic pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 


GCX3226-120 Red 

22 mm plastic pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 



Replacement 

Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 


ECX1902-5 5/pk 

80mA 

ECX1904-5 5/pk 

20mA 

ECX1902-5 5/pk 

80mA 

ECX1904-5 5/pk 

20mA 


22 mm plastic momentary pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 24VDC/VAC, 

one N.C. contact block 

ECX1902-5 5/pk 

80mA 

GCX3221-120L Red 

22 mm plastic momentary pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 120VDC/VAC, 


ECX1904-5 5/pk 

20mA 


22 mm plastic pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 24VDC/VAC, 


ECX1902-5 5/pk 

80mA 

GCX3226-120L Red 

22 mm plastic pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 120VDC/VAC, ECX1904-5 5/pk 


20mA 

Non-illuminated mushroom pushbuttons 

Feature large 60 mm dia. actuator and 

mount in standard 22 mm hole. 

GCX3137 

GCX3141 

(key operated) 


Note: Keyed switches come with two keys. All 

plastic 22 mm keyed switches are keyed 

alike. Replacement keys are available. 

Order part no. ECX1067-2 (pkg. of 2). 

Part 

Number 


GCX3131 Red 


GCX3135 Red 

GCX3136 Red 

GCX3137 Red 


GCX3141 Red 


ECX1911-2 2/pk, 

26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk, 

5mA 

ECX1911-2 2/pk, 

26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk, 

5mA 

ECX1911-2 2/pk 

26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk 

5mA 

ECX1911-2 2/pk 

26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk 

5mA 

Twist-to-release actuator with one N.C. contact 

block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole.Has large 40 mm 

dia. mushroom-style actuator. 

Not CE EN 418 compliant when used as an 

emergency stop control device. 

Momentary action with one N.O. contact block, 

fits in 22 mm dia. hole, has large 40 mm dia. 

mushroom-style actuator. 

Momentary action with one N.C. contact block, 


mushroom-style actuator. EMERGENCY legend 

plate available (see Accessories). 


block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole. 60 mm dia. 






mushroom-style. EMERGENCY legend plate 

available (see Accessories). 




Key operated release with one N.C. contact block, 


mushroom-style actuator. EMERGENCY legend 




For accessories, see 22 mm Plastic Pilot Device 


Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Key Switches and 

Selector Switches 

Key-operated 

selector switches 

Two-position 


Volume 14 

e25-14 

GCX3420 (2-position maintained) 

• Keyed switches come with two keys. 

GCX3300 Knob version 

GCX3350 Lever version 


Part Number Price Description 

GCX3420 

GCX3430 

GCX3470-22 

Part Number Price Description - 2-Position Switches 

GCX3300 

GCX3310 

GCX3350 

GCX3360 

Knob version 


Lever version 

22 mm plastic selector switch, two-position maintained, black knob. 

One N.O. contact block 

22 mm plastic selector switch, two-position spring-return from right, black knob. 


22 mm plastic selector switch, two-position maintained, black lever. 


22 mm plastic selector switch, two-position spring-return from right, black lever. 


Contact Closure Sequence - 2-Position Switch 

Contact 

Blocks 


22 mm plastic selector switch, key-operated, two-position maintained, key can be removed 

in all positions. One N.O. contact block. Replacement keys available 

22 mm plastic selector switch, key-operated, two-position spring-return from right. 

One N.O. contact block. Replacement keys available 

22 mm plastic selector switch, key-operated, three-position maintained, key can be 

removed in all positions. Two N.O. and two N.C. contact blocks. Replacement keys available 

Note: Keyed switches come with two keys. All plastic 22 mm keyed switches are keyed the 

same. Replacement keys are available. Order part no. ECX1067-2 (pkg. of 2). Keys for 

plastic 22 mm keyed switches are not compatible with Cutler-Hammer key switches. 

Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks (such as, Model GCX3470-22) 

with the 22 mm plastic enclosures, be sure to use enclosures that are 74 mm deep. 

51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow and the switch body will not fit. 


Contact Closure Sequence 

for Two-Position Switch 

1 x NC 

1 x NO 

Contact Arrangement 

(viewed from front) 

Switch Position 


Left Right Left (Note 1) Right (Note 2) 

NC X 

NC X 

NO X 

NO X 

2 x NC NC NC XX 

2 x NO NO NO XX 

Note 1: Left switch position deactivates all contacts. 

Note 2: Right switch position activates all contacts. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Selector Switches 

Three-position 


GCX3330-22 Knob version 

GCX3370-22 Lever version 

Contact 

Blocks 

1 x NC 

1 x NO 


GCX3320-22 

22 mm plastic selector switch, three-position maintained, black knob, 

GCX3330-22 

GCX3370-22 

GCX3380-22 

Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks with the 22 mm plastic enclosures, 

be sure to use enclosures that are 74 mm deep; 51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow 

and the switch body will not fit. 


Knob version 

Lever version 

Contact Closure Sequence 

for Three-Position Switch 

Two N.O. and two N.C. contact blocks 

22 mm plastic selector switch, three-position spring-return to center, black knob, 


22 mm plastic selector switch, three-position, maintained. black lever, 


2 mm plastic selector switch, three-position spring-return to center, black lever, 







Left Right Left (Note 1) Center (Note 2) Right (Note 3) 

NC 

X X 

NC X X 

NO X 

NO X 

2 x NC NC NC X XX X 

2 x NO NO NO X X 

Note 1: Left switch position activates left side contacts (viewed from front). 

Note 2: Center switch position deactivates all contacts. 

Note 2: Right switch position activates right side contacts (viewed from front). 


Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index



Volume 14 

e25-16 

Illuminated two-position 



• Available in five colors 


• Available in spring-return and maintained styles 

• Replacement knobs are available 

Spring Return 

Part Number 

Lamp 

Color 

Incandescent 

GCX3241-24 Red 

GCX3241-120 Red 






GCX3244-120 Blue 


GCX3245-120 


Clear 


GCX3241-120L Red 










GCX3245-24 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from right. 

24VDC/VAC. One N.O. 

ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA 

contact block. Illuminated colored knob. 

ECX1911-2 2/pk 26mA 



ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk 5mA 


22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from 

right. 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. Illuminated colored knob. 






22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from 

right. 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. Illuminated colored knob. 








ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA 


ECX1914-2 2/pk 26mA 







ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA 


ECX1915-2 2/pk 26mA 





22 mm plastic LED illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from right. 

24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. Illuminated colored knob. 





















Note: For contact closure sequence, 

refer to preceding pages. 











1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5



GCX3251-24 

Maintained 




Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 


Replacement 

Incandescent Bulb 

Replacement 


GCX3251-24 Red 

22 mm plastic incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. 

Maintained. 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. Illuminated colored knob. 


GCX3251-120 Red 


Maintained. 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. 

ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 


ECX1921-2 2/pk 5mA 








ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 


ECX1922-2 2/pk 5mA 








ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 


ECX1923-2 2/pk 5mA 





GCX3254-120 Blue 



ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 


ECX1924-2 2/pk 5mA 





GCX3255-120 


Clear 



ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 


ECX1925-2 2/pk 5mA 


22 mm plastic LED illuminated 2-position selector switch. 



GCX3251-120L Red 












































Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index



Illuminated three-position 


Volume 14 

e25-18 






Maintained 

Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 

GCX3261-24 Red 

GCX3261-120 Red 






GCX3264-120 Blue 





GCX3261-120L Red 










GCX3263-24 



Maintained. 24VDC/VAC. Two N.O. and Two N.C. contact blocks. 











































Replacement 


Replacement 

LED Bulb 





















1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5










Spring Return 

Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 

GCX3281-24 Red 

GCX3281-120 Red 






GCX3284-120 Blue 





GCX3281-120L Red 









GCX3283-120 



Spring-return to Center. 24VDC/VAC. Two N.O. and Two N.C. contact blocks. 











































Standard 


Standard 

LED Bulb 





















Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

ECX Series 22 mm Plastic Joystick 


Joystick selector 

switches 

Volume 14 

e25-20 

Four models available 

ECX3510(Two-position momentary) 

ECX3512 (Two-position maintained) 

Moving the joystick UP will close 

contact on one side. Moving it DOWN 

will close contact on other side. 

ECX3520 (Four-position momentary) 

ECX3524 (Four-position maintained) 

• Moving the joystick UP will close 

Green contact on one side and 

moving it DOWN will close Gray 

contact located behind it. 

• Moving the joystick RIGHT will close 

Green contact on other side and 

moving it LEFT will close Gray contact 

located behind it. 



ECX3510 22 mm plastic joystick-style selector switch, two-position momentary, two N.O. contact blocks 

ECX3512 22 mm plastic joystick-style selector switch, two-position maintained, two N.O. contact blocks 

ECX3520 22 mm plastic joystick-style selector switch, four-position momentary, four N.O. contact blocks 

ECX3524 22 mm plastic joystick-style selector switch, four-position maintained, four N.O. contact blocks 

Note: Four-position switches use two special contact blocks which are not replaceable. 

Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks (4-position joysticks) with the 22 mm plastic 

enclosures, use enclosures that are 74 mm deep; 51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow. 

Mounting 

Two-position switch 

panel hole layout 

Dimensions 

For accessories, see 22 mm Plastic Pilot Device 



Four-position switch 


Front Contact Rear Contact 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

ECX Series 22 mm Plastic Indicator Lights 

Plastic incandescent 

indicator lights 

ECX1051-24 

These indicators have a key to prevent rotation 

when mounted. 




• Incandescent bulbs included 

• Accepts LED replacement lamps 

• Monoblock design for easy mounting 

• Side wire entry with back screw terminals for 

easy wiring and maintenance 

• IP20 rated before installation 

• IP65 rated after installation 

Note: When using LED replacement lamps with these 

indicators, it may be necessary to remove the 

frosted diffuser for enhanced illumination. 

Plastic LED 

indicator lights 




• Non-replaceable LEDs 

• Side wire entry with back screw terminals for 

easy wiring and maintenance 

• IP20 rated before installation 

• IP65 rated after installation 

• 12 mA @ 120V, 65 mA @ 24V 


Color 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 

Lamp 

ECX1051-24 Red 

22 mm monoblock incandescent 

indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 


ECX1051-120 Red 




ECX1052-24 Green 








ECX1053-24 Yellow 








ECX1054-24 Blue 




ECX1054-120 Blue 




ECX1055-24 Clear 








ECX1056-24 White 










Color 


ECX2051-24L Red 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 

ECX2051-127L Red 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 120VDC/VAC 

ECX2052-24L Green 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 

ECX2052-127L Green 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 120VDC/VAC 

ECX2053-24L Yellow 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 

ECX2053-127L Yellow 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 120VDC/VAC 

ECX2054-24L Blue 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 

ECX2054-127L Blue 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 120VDC/VAC 

ECX2055-24L Clear 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 24VDC/VAC 

ECX2055-127L Clear 22 mm non-metal monoblock LED indicator light, 120VDC/VAC 



Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-22 

22 mm Plastic Pilot Device Accessories 

Replacement incandescent bulbs 

ECX1902-5 

Replacement LED lamps 

ECX1915-2 

Hole plug 

ECX1490 

Protective covers 

for pushbuttons 

ECX1703-5 

Knockout Punches 

109225 

Replacement keys 

ECX1067-2 


Replacement Incandescent Bulbs 

Part Number Quantity Price Rating Description 

ECX1900-5 Pkg of 5 bulbs 



Note: Bulb removal tool available. Order part number HT8LAMPTOOL. 

Note: LED modules have very low current draw and should not be used with triac output devices like PLC triac 

output modules. It is recommended that dry contact outputs be used to switch 120 volt AC LED modules. 

Ruko’s knockout punch hole-cutting tool includes punch, die and draw bolt (without ball bearing). Use for 

sheet steel, stainless-steel sheets, non-ferrous and light metals, and plastics up to 0.16” (8 ga.) thick. 

Replacement bolts are offered in three of the most popular sizes. See the Tools section of the catalog for 

details. 

Note: Part number 109225 is recommended when punching holes for 22mm pilot devices. 

Note: All key-actuated 22mm plastic selector switches are keyed alike. 

6V@ 200mA , 6V replacement bulb for 22 mm switches and indicators. 

1.2 watts Miniature bayonet base T31/4 

24V@ 80mA 24V replacement bulb for 22 mm switches and indicators. 

2 watts Miniature bayonet base T31/4 

130V@20mA 

2.6 watts 

120V replacement bulb for 22 mm switches and indicators. 

Miniature bayonet base T31/4 

Replacement LED Lamps 

Part Number Color Quantity Price Rating Description 

ECX1911-2 Red 

 




ECX1915-2 

ECX1921-2 

White 

Red 

Pkg of 2 LED 

lamps 

 

 





24V@26mA 

0.6 watts 

120V@5mA 

0.6 watts 

Part Number Color Price 

Hole Plug 

Description 

ECX1490 Black 

LED replacement lamp for miniature bayonet 

bases 

Works with 22 mm switches and indicators, but 

illumination will not be as even when used with 

the ECX 22 mm indicators 

Note: Will not replace sealed Cutler-Hammer 

monoblock LED indicators. 

Plastic hole plug for 22.5 mm openings in panels and enclosures; supplied 

with O-ring and mounting screw. Two plugs per package. 

Protective Covers for Pushbuttons 

Part Number Color Quantity Price Description 

ECX1700-5 Black 

 

ECX1701-5 Red 


ECX1703-5 Yellow Pkg of 5 

ECX1704-5 Blue 

protective 

caps 

 



Part Number Quantity Price 

Replacement Keys 

Description 

ECX1067-2 Pkg of 2 

Silicone protective covers for use with 22 mm standard-size flush 

pushbuttons. 

Will not work with Cutler-Hammer pushbuttons, 22 mm plastic 

illuminated or extended pushbuttons, or 22 mm plastic pushbuttons 

with 40 mm actuator face. 

Clear silicone protective covers for use with 22 mm illuminated 

and extended pushbuttons only. Will not work with Cutler- 

Hammer pushbuttons or 22 mm mushroom pushbuttons. 

Replacement key for GCX series key-actuated selector switches, pack of 2 

sets (2 keys each). NOTE: Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 22mm 

switches. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Replacement 22 mm 

support base 

ECX3029-2 

Replacement contact 

blocks 

ECX1030-2 

EMERGENCY STOP legend plate 

ECX1651 

Two-position short 

lever operator 

GR1172PR-5 

Replacement 22 mm Support Base 

Part Number Quantity Price Description 



Replacement Contact Blocks 

Part Number Quantity Price Contacts Description 



EMERGENCY STOP Legend Plate 


ECX1651 pkg. of 1 

Red, normally-closed 

(N.C.) 

ECX1040-2 Pkg of 2 Green, normally-open 

(N.O.) 



Note: See electrical specificatons on GCX Series 22 mm Plastic Pilot Devices 

Specifications page at beginning of this section. 


22 mm plastic support base 

Note: This item is supplied as a replacement part and is not required with any 

switch assembly. Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 22 mm switches sold by 

AUTOMATIONDIRECT 

Brown, normally-open 

(N.O.), push-push 

Oversize yellow circular EMERGENCY STOP legend plate for 22 mm E-stop 

type mushroom pushbuttons, 60 mm outside diameter. 

Short Lever Replacement Operator 

Replacement contact block for 22 mm pushbuttons 

and selector switches. 

Tightening Torque, terminal screw: 0.8Nm max 

mounting screw: 0.5Nm max 

Note: Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 

22 mm switches sold by AUTOMATIONDIRECT 

Use on lighted Push-push button only 

Part Number 

Lamp 

Color 

Price 2-Position Use with 

GR1172PR-5 Red 

22 mm 2-position selector switch illuminated 

short lever replacement operator, 5/pk 

GR1172PV-5 

GR1172PG-5 

GR1172PB-5 

Green 

Yellow 

Blue 

 

 

 







Part numbers starting with 

GCX124, GCX125 


GR1172PN-5 Clear 



Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-24 



short lever operator 

GR1288PR-5 

Mushroom switch 

replacement operator 

PL1298P-5 

Flush pushbutton 


GR1168PR-5 

Extended pushbutton 


PL1308PR-5 


Part Number 


Lamp 

Color 





GR1288PV-5 

GR1288PG-5 

GR1288PB-5 

Green 

Yellow 

Blue 

 

 

 









GCX326, GVX328 





Color 

PL1171PR-5 Red 

PL1298P-5 Red 

Flush Pushbutton Replacement Operator 


Color 

Price Description Use with 


22 mm illuminated flush pushbutton 

replacement operator, 5/pk 

GR1168PV-5 Green 



GR1168PG-5 Yellow 

GR1168PB-5 Blue 


GR1168PW-5 White 

Extended Pushbutton Replacement Operator 


Color 



22 mm illuminated extended pushbutton, 


PL1308PV-5 Green 



PL1308PG-5 Yellow 

PL1308PB-5 Blue 

PL1308PN-5 Clear 

PL1308PW-5 White 

Mushroom Switch Replacement Operator 


22 mm, illuminated momentary Mushroom switch 

replacement operator, red, 5/pk 

22 mm illuminated twist-to-release mushroom switch 



















GCX1221, GCX3221 mushroomstyle 

illuminated pushbuttons 









1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Devices 

Features 

Any combination of contact blocks 

is allowed, up to a total of six (two 

blocks wide and three blocks deep) 

Easy installation 

Support base mounts into 

panels up to 6 mm thick 

To remove operator, press toward 

support base and twist counterclockwise. 

To install switch, place support base 

against rear of panel (not shown 

here), insert the operator and twist 

clockwise until it clicks into place. 

Carefully tighten the securing screws. 

Do not over-tighten. 

Chrome-plated alloy bezel is not only corrosionresistant, 

but also attractive 

Six contact block maximum; two 

wide by three deep 

Self-cleaning gold-plated silver contacts 

provide reliable, low-energy 

switching 

Contacts rated A300 

(Refer to E22 Series 

mounting/contact rating 


All indicators offer side wire 

entry with back screw 

terminals for easy wiring 

Secure mounting method eliminates 

twisting in mounting hole 

Operators are protected to IP65 

Clear contact block for illustration purposes. Clear contact blocks are 

not available for sale from AutomationDirect. 

Pressure plate wiring 

terminals for easy, secure 

wiring, accepting up to 14 

AWG wire 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX/ECX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Devices 

Selection Guide 

Volume 14 

e25-26 

Flush Extended 

• Momentary 30 or 40 mm operators 




• ON/OFF models also available 

Ours: $6.50 (GCX1100) 

Allen-Bradley :$32.15* (800F-MX10, 800F-ALM 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FM-F2) 

Illuminated 

• Available in clear, red, yellow, blue, white 

and green; 24 and 120-volt models 

• Momentary and push-push styles 

• Flush or extended operators available 



Ours: $12.00 (GCX1212-24) 

Allen-Bradley: $19.35* (800FM-LE3 + 800F-ALM, D3C) 


• Two and three-position in spring return 

and maintained, non-illuminated and illuminated; 

incandescent and LED models 

• Contact block included 

Ours: $9.75 (GCX1300) 

Allen-Bradley: $38.85* (800FM-SM22 + 800F-MX10 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-ALM) 






Ours: $7.25 (GCX1110) 


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800FM-E2) 

Mushroom 

• Available in momentary, twist-to-release, 

and key release models 


• Also available in incandescent and LED 

illuminated models 

Ours: $12.50 (GCX1131) 

Allen-Bradley: $62.24* (800FM-MT44 + 800F-MX01 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-ALM) 

Key switches 

• Two and three-position 


Ours: $18.00 (GCX1420) 

Allen-Bradley: $66.75* (800FM-KM21 + 800F-MX10 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-ALM) 

Pilot lights 

• Available in six colors: red, green, white, 

clear, yellow and blue 

• 24 and 120-volt models with LED 

• Frosted diffuser for even lighting 

• Incandescent or LED indicators 

Ours: $5.50 (ECX1052-24) 

Allen-Bradley: $44.66* (800FM-P3 + 800F-ALM 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-D3C) 

Two way 

• Two way on/off control 

• With or without illuminated indicators 

• One NO and one NC contact 

block included 

Audible annunciators 

and potentiometers 

• Audible annunciators with or without LED 

indicator 

• 5 and 10 K� potentiometers 

Joysticks 

• Two and four-position, maintained and 

momentary 


Ours: $26.50 (ECX1510) 

Allen-Bradley: $142.00* (800FM-JR2 + 800F-MX20 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + 800F-ALM) 

Accessories 

•One to 

six-hole enclosures 

*All prices are U.S. published prices. AutomationDirect’s prices are from April 2012 Price List. Prices and specifications may vary by dealer and configuration. Allen- 

Bradley industrial control component prices from www.rockwellautomation.com/en/e-tools 2/20/12. 

• Bulbs 

and LEDs 

• Protective 

actuator 

caps 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Devices 



These pushbuttons and indicator lights are supplied with the appropriate contact blocks, unless otherwise indicated. Use these 

drawings as a guide to make sure there is adequate clearance behind the panel. 

Pushbuttons and selector switches 

Mounting 


230V or less and the same polarity. 



400V or less and different polarity. 

These specifications apply to all GCX and ECX 22 mm metal pushbuttons and switches. 

Standards 

Reference 


CEI EN 60947-5-1, CSA C22-2 n.14 

Approvals CSA, IMQ (where specified), UL File E189258 

Enclosure Material Zn + Al + Mg alloy, chromium plated 

Contacts Material Silver 

Protection Degree 

Temperature Ratings 

Working 

Positions 

Mechanical Life 

IP 40 for GCX3151-24, GCX3151-120, GCX3153-24 and 

GCX3153-120. IP 65 for all others. 

(See Appendix of this catalog for explanation of IP ratings 

according to IEC 144 CEI 70-1.) 

Storage: -40º -to 80ºC (-40º to 176º F) 

Operating: -25º to +70ºC (-13º to 158º F) 

All working positions are allowed 

Pushbuttons, selector switches: 

Joy stick switches: 1,000,000 operations 

Mushroom pushbuttons: 300,000 operations 


w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / p u s h b u t t o n s - l i g h t s 

Illuminated pushbuttons and selector 

switches/pilot lights 

Rated Thermal 




A300, Q300 (Refer to E22 Series mounting/contact 

rating section for details) 

Ui 660V according to CEI EN 60947-5-1, 

300V according to CSA C22-2 n.14 

Dielectric Strength 3kV (1 second) 

Insulation Resistance 2M� min. (500VDC) 

Initial Contact Resistance �25m� 

Short-Circuit Protection* Cartridge fuses gl 10 A-500V 10,3x38l1 100 KA 

Terminal Markings According to CENELEC EN 50013 

Single screw with non-loosening plate clamp,14AWG 

Connections 

max. 

Self-cleaning types EN01 (N.C.) EN 10 (N.O.) slow 

Contacts Operation action, positive opening 

Operation Frequency 3600 operations per hour max. 

AC15 (Control of AC electromagnetic loads) 

24 volts AC at 10 amps 

130 volts AC at 6.5 amps 


DC13 (Control of DC electromagnetic loads) 




NOTE: Contact blocks 

can be arranged up to 

three deep by two wide. 


4 3 

Normally Open 

2 1 


x1 x2 



Volume 14 

e25-27 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Pushbuttons 

Momentary flush pushbuttons 

with protective metal ring 


Volume 14 

e25-28 

GCX1102 

Momentary Flush ON/OFF 

pushbuttons with protective metal 

ring (30 mm dia. actuator) 

GCX1106 

GCX1107 

Momentary Pushbuttons 

with protective metal ring 


GCX1121 





Part 

Number 



GCX1101 Red 



GCX1104 Blue 


Part 

Number 

GCX1106 

GCX1107 

Part 

Number 








Red with “Off” 

symbol (O) on 

actuator 

Green with 

“On” symbol 

(I) on actuator 

 

 







GCX1121 Red 



GCX1124 Blue 


For accessories, see 22 mm Metal Pilot Device Accessories in this section. 

One N.O. contact block, 40mm dia. 


One N.C. contact block, 40mm dia. 


One N.O. contact block, 40mm dia. 


Note: Protective silicone covers are not available for this pushbutton. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Momentary extended pushbuttons 

GCX1113 

GCX1152 (with on/off symbols) 


Double-headed momentary pushbuttons 

Part 

Number 



GCX1111 Red 



GCX1114 Blue 


Part Number Price Double-headed Momentary Pushbuttons Description 

GCX1150 Double-headed for on/off control, One N.O. and one N.C. contact block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole, without symbols 



GCX1152 Double-headed for on/off control. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole. With ON(l) and OFF (0) symbols 

GCX1153-24* 24VDC/VAC double-headed with indicator, with ON (1) and OFF (0) symbols. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block 

GCX1153-120* 120VDC/AC double-headed with indicator, with ON (1) and OFF (0) symbols. One N.O. and one N.C. contact block 

* Note: Lamp data in 22 mm Metal Pilot Accessories in this section. 


GCX1151-24 

GCX1150, GCX1152 models GCX1151-24, GCX1153-24, 

GCX1151-120, GCX1153-120 models 


One N.O. contact block, extended 30 

mm dia. actuator, mounts in 22 mm 

hole 

One N.C. contact block, extended 30 


hole 

One N.O. contact block, extended 30 


hole 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


without Contact Block 

Volume 14 

e25-30 

Momentary flush pushbutton 



GCX1101-SC 


NOTE: Contact block sold separately 

Momentary extended pushbutton 




GCX1112-SC 


NOTE: Contact block sold separately 





22 mm metal pushbutton operator, flush, includes 30 mm dia. 

operator and support base ONLY. 

Contact blocks sold separately, mounts in 22 mm hole. 












22 mm metal pushbutton operator, extended, includes 30 mm 

dia. operator and support base ONLY. 

Contact block sold separately, mounts in 22 mm hole 







Contact blocks are available for these 

products. See accesssories. 

ECX1040-2 ECX1030-2 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Illuminated 


Momentary pushbuttons with 

protective plastic ring 



functionality 




All pushbuttons include operator, mounting 

adapter, chrome plated alloy bezel, indicating 

bulb (if applicable), and contact block. They are 


iincluded and must be ordered separately. All 





Color 

GCX1202-24 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


Incandescent 

GCX1201-24 Red 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1201-120 Red 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1202-24 Green 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1202-120 Green 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1922-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1203-24 Yellow 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1203-120 Yellow 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1204-24 Blue 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1204-120 Blue 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1205-24 Clear 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1205-120 Clear 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1206-24 White 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1206-120 White 22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 


GCX1201-24L Red 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1201-120L Red 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1921-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1202-24L Green 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1202-120L Green 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1922-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1203-24L Yellow 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1203-120L Yellow 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1204-24L Blue 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1204-120L Blue 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1205-24L Clear 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1205-120L Clear 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1206-24L White 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1206-120L White 22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton,120 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 



Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index



Momentary pushbuttons 

with extended actuator 



functionality 




All pushbuttons include operator, mounting 

adapter, chrome plated alloy bezel, indicating 

bulb (if applicable), and contact block. They are 


included and must be ordered separately. All 




Volume 14 

e25-32 


GCX1214-24 


Color 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


Incandescent 

GCX1211-24 Red 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1211-120 Red 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1212-24 Green 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1212-120 Green 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1922-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1213-24 Yellow 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1213-120 Yellow 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1214-24 Blue 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1214-120 Blue 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1215-24 Clear 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1215-120 Clear 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1216-24 White 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1216-120 


White 22 mm metal extended incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1211-24L Red 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1211-120L Red 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.C. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1211-120LA Red 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1921-2, 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1212-24L Green 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1212-120L Green 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1922-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1213-24L Yellow 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1213-120L Yellow 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1214-24L Blue 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1214-120L Blue 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1215-24L Clear 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1215-120L Clear 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1216-24L White 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1216-120L White 22 mm metal extended LED illuminated pushbutton, 120VDC/VAC. One N.O.. contact block ECX1925-2 2/pk 5mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 



1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5



Push-push style pushbuttons 




functionality 




• These switches are supplied with a special N.O. 

contact block designed for use with this actuator, but 

they also work with standard N.C. contacts 

All switches in this series use replacement contact block ECX1042-2 

(Brown, N.O.) or ECX1030-5 or ECX1030-2 (Red, N.C.), sold 

separately. 


Color 

Incandescent 

GCX1191-24 Red 

GCX1191-120 Red 






GCX1194-120 Blue 







GCX1191-120L Red 











GCX1194-24 


22 mm metal incandescent illuminated pushbutton, 24VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. 
























22 mm metal LED illuminated pushbutton, 24 VDC/VAC. One N.O. contact block. 


























Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 


























Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index



Mushroom-style illuminated 

pushbuttons 

All pushbuttons include operator, mounting adapter, 

chrome plated alloy bezel, indicating bulb (if applicable), 

and contact block. They are shipped unassembled. 

Legend plate is not included and must be ordered separately. 


block ECX1030 (Red, N.C.) or ECX1040 (Green, N.O.), 

sold separately in packages of two or five. 


Color 

Incandescent 

Non-Illuminated Mushroom pushbuttons 

Has large 60 mm dia. actuator and mounts 

in standard 22 mm hole 

GCX1141 

(key operated) 

e25-34 

GCX1221-24 Red 

GCX1221-120 Red 

GCX1226-24 Red 

GCX1226-120 Red 



GCX1221-120L Red 


GCX1226-120L Red 

GCX1137 

Note: Keyed switches come with two keys. All metal 22 mm keyed 

switches are keyed alike. Replacement keys are available. 

Order part no. ECX1067-2 (pkg. of 2). 



GCX1221-24 

Part 

Number 


GCX1131 Red 


GCX1135 Red 

GCX1136 Red 

GCX1137 Red 


GCX1141 Red 


Volume 14 

Price Mushroom-style Illuminated Pushbuttons Description 

22 mm metal incandescent momentary pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 


22 mm metal incandescent momentary pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 


22 mm metal incandescent pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 


22 mm metal incandescent pushbutton with incandescent illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 


22 mm metal momentary pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 24VDC/VAC, 


22 mm metal momentary pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom actuator, 120VDC/VAC, 


22 mm metal pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 24VDC/VAC, 


22 mm metal pushbutton with LED illuminated 40 mm mushroom twist-to-release actuator, 120VDC/VAC, 



Replacement 

Bulbs 

ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA 

ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 

ECX1902-5 5/pk 80mA 

ECX1904-5 5/pk 20mA 

ECX1911-2 2/pk 26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk 5mA 

ECX1911-2 2/pk 26mA 

ECX1921-2 2/pk 5mA 


block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole.Has large 40 mm 

dia. mushroom-style actuator. 






mushroom-style actuator. “Emergency” legend 



block, fits in 22 mm dia. hole. 60 mm mushroom-style 

actuator. 



mushroom-style.“Emergency” legend plate available 

(see Accessories). 




Key operated release with one N.C. contact block, 


mushroom-style actuator. “Emergency” legend 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Selector Switches 

Two-position 


GCX1300 Knob version 

GCX1350 Lever version 



GCX1320-22 Knob version 

GCX1370-22 Lever version 

Knob version 

Lever version 


GCX1300 

22 mm metal selector switch, two-position maintained, black knob. 

GCX1310 

GCX1350 

GCX1360 


Knob version 

Lever version 


22 mm metal selector switch, two-position spring-return from right, black knob. 


22 mm metal selector switch, two-position maintained, black lever. 


22 mm metal selector switch, two-position spring-return from right, black lever. 



GCX1320-22 

GCX1330-22 

GCX1370-22 

GCX1380-22 


22 mm metal selector switch, three-position maintained, black knob, 


22 mm metal selector switch, three-position spring-return to center, black knob, 


22 mm metal selector switch, three-position maintained. black lever, 


22 mm metal selector switch, three-position spring-return to center, black lever, 


Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks with the 22 mm plastic enclosures, 

be sure to use enclosures that are 74 mm deep; 51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow 

and the switch body will not fit. 

Volume 14 


Contact 

Blocks 


Contact 

Blocks 


1 x NC 

1 x NO 

1 x NC 

1 x NO 





Left Right Left (Note 1) Right (Note 2) 

NC X 

NC X 

NO X 

NO X 

2 x NC NC NC XX 

2 x NO NO NO XX 

Note 1: Left switch position deactivates all contacts. 

Note 2: Right switch position activates all contacts. 






Left Right Left (Note 1) Center (Note 2) Right (Note 3) 

NC 

X X 

NC X X 

NO X 

NO X 

2 x NC NC NC X XX X 

2 x NO NO NO X X 

Note 1: Left switch position activates left side contacts (viewed from front). 

Note 2: Center switch position deactivates all contacts. 

Note 2: Right switch position activates right side contacts (viewed from front). 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index










Volume 14 

e25-36 

Spring Return 

Part Number 

Lamp 

Color 

Incandescent 

GCX1241-24 Red 

GCX1241-120 Red 






GCX1244-120 Blue 


GCX1245-120 


Clear 


GCX1241-120L Red 










GCX1245-24 


22 mm metal incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from right. 




















22 mm metal LED illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from right. 










22 mm meta LED illuminated 2-position selector switch. Spring-return from right. 












Note: For contact closure sequence, refer 

to preceding page. 

Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 






















1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5




maintained selector switches 






Maintained 

GCX1251-24 

Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 


Replacement 


Replacement 


GCX1251-24 Red 

22 mm metal incandescent illuminated 2-position selector switch. Maintained. 


ECX1902-5 


5/pk 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk 26mA 

GCX1251-120 Red 



ECX1904-5 


5/pk 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk 5mA 




ECX1902-5 


5/pk 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk 26mA 




ECX1904-5 


5/pk 20mA ECX1922-2 2/pk 5mA 




ECX1902-5 


5/pk 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk 26mA 




ECX1904-5 


5/pk 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk 5mA 




ECX1902-5 


5/pk 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk 26mA 

GCX1254-120 Blue 



ECX1904-5 


5/pk 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk 5mA 




ECX1902-5 


5/pk 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk 26mA 

GCX1255-120 


Clear 



ECX1904-5 


5/pk 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk 5mA 


22 mm metal LED illuminated 2-position selector switch. Maintained. 



GCX1251-120L Red 








































Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index




maintained selector 

switch 




• Available in spring-return and maintained 

styles 


Volume 14 

e25-38 

Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 

GCX1261-24 Red 

GCX1261-120 Red 






GCX1264-120 Blue 




Maintained 


GCX1261-120L Red 










GCX1263-24 


22 mm metal incandescent illuminated 3-position selector switch. 





















24VDC/VAC. Two N.O. and Two N.C. contact blocks. 























Replacement 


Replacement 






















1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5




spring return selector 

switches 





• Replacement knobs are available GCX1283-24 

Spring Return 

Part Number 

Incandescent 

Lamp 

Color 

GCX1281-24 Red 

GCX1281-120 Red 






GCX1284-120 Blue 





GCX1281-120L Red 










22 mm metal incandescent illuminated 3-position selector switch. Spring-return 

to Center. 24VDC/VAC. Two N.O. and Two N.C. contact blocks. 





22 mm metal iincandescent lluminated 3-position selector switch. Spring-return 














22 mm metal LED illuminated 3-position selector switch. Spring-return to Center. 
















22 mm metal LED illuminated 3-position selector switch.Spring-return to Center. 






For contact closure sequence, 


Standard 


Standard 






















Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

ECX Series 22 mm Metal Joystick 


Volume 14 

e25-40 

Joystick selector 

switches 

Four models available 

ECX1510 (Two-position momentary) 

ECX1512 (Two-position maintained) 

• Moving the joystick UP will close contact on 

one side. 

• Moving the joystick DOWN will close contact 

on other side. 

ECX1520 (Four-position momentary) 

ECX1524 (Four-position maintained) 

• Moving the joystick UP will close Green 

contact on one side and moving it DOWN will 

close Gray contact located behind it. 

• Moving the joystick RIGHT will close Green 

contact on other side and moving it LEFT will 

close Gray contact located behind it. 

Important installation note 

It is very important that the joystick be assembled correctly to ensure proper operation. 


Note: Four-position switches use two special contact blocks which are not replaceable. 

Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks (4-position joysticks) with the 22 mm plastic 

enclosures, use enclosures that are 74 mm deep; 51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow. 

Insert operator into support base (panel is not shown). Twist clockwise until it clicks into place. Carefully tighten the 

For accessories, see 22 mm Metal Pilot Device 



ECX1510 22 mm metal joystick-style selector switch, two-position momentary, two N.O. contact blocks 

ECX1512 22 mm metal joystick-style selector switch, two-position maintained, two N.O. contact blocks 

ECX1520 22 mm metal joystick-style selector switch, four-position momentary, four N.O. contact blocks 

ECX1524 22 mm metal joystick-style selector switch, four-position maintained, four N.O. contact blocks 

Mounting 

Two-position switch 


Dimensions 


Four-position switch 


securing screws. Do not over-tighten. If the operator is not 

“clicked” into position before the screws are tightened, the 

switch will not work properly. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

GCX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Lights and 

Key Switches 

Part Number 

GCX1420 

Lamp 

Color 

Key-operated selector 

switches 

(2-position maintained) 




GCX1420 

GCX1430 

GCX1470-22 

LED Pilot Light 

12 models available 



• LED lamps are included 

• Accepts incandescent replacement bulbs 

22 mm metal selector switch, key-operated, two-position maintained, key can be removed in 

all positions. One N.O. contact block. Replacement keys available 

22 mm metal selector switch, key-operated, two-position spring-return from right. 

One N.O. contact block. Replacement keys available 

22 mm metal selector switch, key-operated, three-position maintained, key can be removed 

in all positions. Two N.O. and two N.C. contact blocks. Replacement keys available 


Note: Keyed switches come with two keys. All metal 22 mm keyed switches are keyed the 

same. Replacement keys are available. Order part no. ECX1067-2 (pkg. of 2). Keys for 

metal 22 mm keyed switches are not compatible with Cutler-Hammer key switches. 

Note: When using switches having two-deep contact blocks (such as, Model GCX1470-22) 

with the 22 mm plastic enclosures, be sure to use enclosures that are 74 mm deep. 

51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow and the switch body will not fit. 

Note: For contact closure sequence, refer to beginning of selector switches in this section. 


Replacement 

Incandescent 

Bulb 

Replacement 



GCX1231-24L Red 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1911-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1231-120L Red 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1921-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1232-24L Green 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1912-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1232-120L Green 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1922-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1233-24L Yellow 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1913-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1233-120L Yellow 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1923-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1234-24L Blue 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1914-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1234-120L Blue 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1924-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1235-24L Clear 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1235-120L Clear 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

GCX1236-24L White 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 24VDC/VAC ECX1902-5 5/pk, 80mA ECX1915-2 2/pk, 26mA 

GCX1236-120L White 22 mm metal LED illuminated pilot light. 120VDC/VAC ECX1904-5 5/pk, 20mA ECX1925-2 2/pk, 5mA 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

ECX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Devices 

Audible annunciator 

Volume 14 

e25-42 

• 80 dB @ 10 cm 

• 25 mA @ 24V 

• Intermittent sound when energized 

• IP20 before installation 

• IP64 after installation 

22 mm potentiometer 

• IP65 



ECX2070-24 Black 22 mm, 25 mA audible (80dB at 10 cm) buzzer annunciator. 24VAC/DC 

ECX2070-127 Black 22 mm, 25 mA audible (80dB at 10 cm) buzzer annunciator. 120VAC/DC 

ECX2071-24R Red 

ECX2071-127R Red 


22 mm, 25 mA audible (80dB at 10 cm) buzzer annunciator with 

non-replaceable LED indicator. 24VAC/DC 

22 mm, 25 mA audible (80dB at 10 cm) buzzer annunciator with 

non-replaceable LED indicator.120VAC/DC 


ECX2300-5K pkg. of 1 

ECX2300-10K pkg. of 1 

ECX2640 pkg. of 1 



22 mm potentiometer with 5k � resistance, ±10%. Nominal voltage: 250V. 

Rated dissipation: 2W at 25°C. Temperature range -40°C to 70°C. Black handle 

22 mm potentiometer with 10k � resistance, ±10%.Nominal voltage: 250V 

Rated dissipation: 2W at 25°C. Temperature range -40°C to 70°C. Black handle 

22 mm legend plate for potentiometer with 0% to 100% marking, 50 mm 

square. 50 x 50 x 1mm with 24.5mm cutout. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

22 mm Metal Pilot Device Accessories 

Replacement 

incandescent bulbs 

ECX1902-5 

Replacement 

LED lamps 

ECX1915-2 

Hole plug 

ECX1490 

Pilot Light 

replacement lens 

PL1170PR-5 


Part Number Quantity Price Rating Description 




Note: Bulb removal tool available. Order part number HT8LAMPTOOL. 


Part Number Color Quantity Price Rating Description 

ECX1911-2 Red 

 




ECX1915-2 White Pkg of 2 

ECX1921-2 Red LED lamps 





24V@26mA 

0.6 watts LED replacement lamp for miniature bayonet bases 

Works with 22 mm switches and indicators, but illumination 

will not be as even when used with the 

ECX 22 mm indicators 

120V@5mA 

0.6 watts 

Part Number Color Price 

Hole Plug 

Description 

ECX1490 Black 

6V@ 200mA , 

1.2 watts 



24V@ 80mA 

2 watts 



130V@20mA 120V replacement bulb for 22 mm switches and indicators. 

2.6 watts Miniature bayonet base T31/4 

Part Number 

Pilot Light Replacement Lens 

Lamp 

Color 

Price Descripton Use with 

PL1170PR-5 Red 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

PL1170PV-5 Green 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

PL1170PG-5 Yellow 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

PL1170PB-5 Blue 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

PL1170PN-5 Clear 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

PL1170PW-5 White 22 mm metallic series pilot light replacement lens, 5/pk 

Note: Will not replace sealed Cutler-Hammer 


Plastic hole plug for 22.5 mm openings in panels and enclosures; supplied with Oring 

and mounting screw. Two plugs per package. 


GCX123 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


Volume 14 

e25-44 

Protective covers 

for pushbuttons 

ECX1703-5 

Replacement 22 mm support base 

ECX1029-2 

Replacement contact blocks 

ECX1030-2 

Replacement keys 

ECX1067-2 


Protective Covers for Pushbuttons 

Part Number Color Quantity Price Description 

ECX1700-5 Black 

 

ECX1701-5 Red 


ECX1703-5 Yellow 

Pkg of 5 

Protective 

ECX1704-5 Blue 

caps 

 



Replacement 22 mm Support Base 




Part Number Quantity Price Contacts Description 


Red, normally-closed 


(N.C.) 


Green, normally-open 


(N.O.) 


22 mm metal support base 

Note: This item is supplied as a replacement part and is not required with any 

switch assembly. Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 22 mm switches sold by 

AUTOMATIONDIRECT 


Brown, normally-open 

(N.O.), push-push 

Replacement contact block for 22 mm pushbuttons 

and selector switches. 

Tightening Torque, terminal screw: 0.8Nm max 

mounting screw: 0.5Nm max 

Note: Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 22 mm 

switches. 

Replacement normally open push-push contact 

blocks for 22mm pushbutton and selector switches, 

pack of 2. Note: Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 

22mm switches. 

Note: See electrical specificatons on ECX Series 22 mm Metal Pilot Devices Specifications page at 

beginning of this section. 


Part Number Quantity Price 

Replacement Keys 

Description 

ECX1067-2 

Pkg of 2 sets 

(2 keys per set) 

 

Note: All key-actuated 22mm metal selector switches are keyed alike. 

Silicone protective covers for use with 22 mm standard-size flush 

pushbuttons. 

Will not work with Cutler-Hammer pushbuttons, 22 mm plastic illuminated 

or extended pushbuttons, or 22 mm plastic pushbuttons 

with 40 mm actuator face. 

Clear silicone protective covers for use with 22 mm illuminated and 

extended pushbuttons only. Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 

pushbuttons or 22 mm mushroom pushbuttons. 

Replacement key for GCX series key-actuated selector switches, pack of 2 sets 

(2 keys each). NOTE: Will not work with Cutler-Hammer 22mm switches. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


EMERGENCY STOP legend plate 

ECX1651 

Knockout Punches 

109225 

Two-position short 

lever operator 

GR1172PR-5 


short lever operator 

GR1288PR-5 

Part Number 


Lamp 

Color 











EMERGENCY STOP Legend Plate 


ECX1651 Pkg of 1 

Oversize yellow circular EMERGENCY STOP legend plate for 22 mm E-stop 

type mushroom pushbuttons, 60 mm outside diameter. 

Ruko’s knockout punch hole-cutting tool includes punch, die and draw bolt (without ball 

bearing). Use for sheet steel, stainless-steel sheets, non-ferrous and light metals, and 

plastics up to 0.16” (8 ga.) thick. 

Replacement bolts are offered in three of the most popular sizes. 

Note: Part number 109225 is recommended when punching holes for 22mm pilot devices. 


Part Number 

Lamp 

Color 






























Volume 14 

Pushbuttons and Lights e25-45 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


Mushroom switch 


Flush pushbutton 


Extended pushbutton 


Volume 14 

e25-46 

PL1298P-5 

GR1168PR-5 

PL1308PR-5 



Color 


PL1298P-5 Red 

Flush Pushbutton Replacement Operator 


Color 











GR1168PW-5 White 

Extended Pushbutton Replacement Operator 


Color 





PL1308PV-5 Green 



PL1308PG-5 Yellow 

PL1308PB-5 Blue 

PL1308PN-5 Clear 

PL1308PW-5 White 

Mushroom Switch Replacement Operator 


22 mm, illuminated momentary Mushroom switch 


22 mm illuminated twist-to-release mushroom switch 





























1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Foot Switches 

Applications 

APS1211-V0 

Choose these switches for foot switchoperated 

machines such as shearing 

machines, spinning machines, spinning 

lathes, machine tools, wrapping 

machines, riveting machines, and riveting 

presses. 

AutomationDirect stocks foot switches in 

these operational formats: 

• Free movement (momentary): 

Contact position follows pedal movement; 

actuated when the pedal is pushed 

down, released when pedal is in state of 

rest. 

• Foot switch locked in neutral position 

(safety anti-trip momentary): 

Same operation as above, after unlocking 

the pedal with the foot. 

• Foot switch latched in low position 

(maintained): 

Same operation as free movement, 

except that a state of rest is obtained 

only after pedal is unlatched. 

Dimensions mm [inches] 

APS1211-V0 

APS1151-V0 

4 stainless steel 18/8. Philips 

no.2screws 

Cable inlet with 

Pg 16 cable gland 

Cable clamp 

Block(s) of two contacts: 

• one block: 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 

• two blocks: 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. 

• Positive opening operation 

• Zb shape: 

the contacts are electrically 

separated 

1 pre-pressed Pg 16 

knockout on each side 


Base 

APD1231-V0 

APD1231-V0 


APS1151-V0 

Description 

• Plastic Unit Materials 

Base, cover and pedal of 

shock-resistant ABS plastic material 

• Aluminum Unit Materials 

Base and pedal of shock-resistant 

ABS plastic material; 

cover of die-cast aluminum 

• Double switches include a 16”carrying rod 

Connecting terminals 

• M 3.5 (+, –) Philips no. 1 screw 

• Screw head with captive cable clamp. 

• Markings conform with IEC 947-1, 

IEC 947-5-1, EN 50 005 and 50 013 standards 

Cover 

Pedal 

4 skidproof pads 

Volume 14 

e25-47 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

e25-48 

Foot Switches 

APS1151-V0 

ABS Plastic Foot Switch Selection 

Part Number 

Cover 

Color 


APS1211-V0 Yellow Single, ABS plastic, safety actuating lever, 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1213-V0 Yellow Single, ABS plastic, safety actuating lever, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1151-V0 Half Red Single, ABS plastic, free-moving mounting, 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1211-V0 

APD1231-V0 

One Yellow 

One Gray 

Double, ABS plastic, safety actuating lever, 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. snap action contacts for each switch 

Die-cast Aluminum Foot Switch Selection 

APS1143-V0-M 

Part Number 

Cover 

Color 


APS1113-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1114-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1123-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1124-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1143-V0-M Red Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1144-V0-M Red Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1213-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1113-V0-M 

APS1214-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1223-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1243-V0-M APS1224-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1243-V0-M Red Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1244-V0-M Red Single, die-cast aluminum, safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1313-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1314-V0-M Yellow Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1323-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

APS1324-V0-M Gray Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APS1213-V0-M 

APS1343-V0-M 

APS1344-V0-M 

Red 

Red 

 

 

Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. snap action contacts 

Single, die-cast aluminum, free moving maintained actuating pedal, 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. slow action contacts 

APD1113-V0-M Yellow 

Double, die-cast aluminum, 2 free moving momentary actuating pedals, each with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. 

snap action contacts 

APD1113-V0-M 



slow action contacts 

APD1123-V0-M Gray 






APD1133-V0-M 

One Yellow 

One Gray 

 



APD1133-V0-M 

APD1134-V0-M 

One Yellow 

One Gray 

 




Double, die-cast aluminum, 2 safety anti-trip momentary actuating pedals, each with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. 





APD1213-V0-M 







APD1233-V0-M 

One Yellow 

One Gray 

 



APD1233-V0-M 

APD1234-V0-M 

One Yellow 

One Gray 

 




All footswitches have heavy duty ABS plastic bases. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Foot Switches Technical Specifications 

Wiring 

Snap-action contact: A 

contact element in which the 

contact motion is independent 

of the speed of the actuator. 

This feature ensures reliable 

electrical performance even in 

applications involving very 

slow moving actuators. 

Snap Action or 

Slow Action 

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 

Foot Switch General Technical Data 

Standards IEC 947-5-1 

Certifications - Approvals UL/CUL file E191072, CE, RoHS 

Temperature 

Operating (ambient) air temperature: – 10 to + 70°C (14°F to 158°F) 

Storage (non-operating) air temperature: – 30 to + 80°C (-22°F - 176°F) 

Environmental According to IEC 68-2-3 and salty mist according to IEC 68-2-11 

Shock (according to IEC 68-2-27 and EN 60 068-2-27) 50g (1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms) no change in contact position 

Degree of Protection (according to IEC 529 and EN 60 529) IP 65 

Operating Torque 0.25 Nm (2.2 lb.in) 

Torque - Terminal Screw Recommended: 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.in); Maximum 0.9 Nm (8.0 lb.in) 

Torque - Cover Screw Recommended: 5.0 Nm (4.3 lb.in); Maximum 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.in) 

Operating Angle 15 Degree 

Cable Inlet Pg 16 x 1.41 knockout 

Foot Switch Electrical Data 

Rated Insulation voltage Ui 690 V (according to IEC 947-1 and EN 60-947-1) Degree of pollution 3 

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp Conventional Free Air Thermal Current 

Ith Θ < 40 °C 

Short-circuit Protection 

U e < 500 V AC. - gG (gl) type fuses 

Rated Operational Current 

AC-15 (according to IEC 947-5-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400V 

DC-13 (according to IEC 947-5-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125V 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250V 

S l o w - m a k e / s l o w - b r e a k 

contact: A contact element in 

which the contact motion is 

dependent on the actuator 

speed. 

6 kV (according to IEC 947-1 and EN 60 947-1) 

10 A ( according to IEC 947-1) 

10 A 

A 600 (according to UL 508 and CSA C22-2 n° 14) 

Q 600 (according to UL 508 and CSA C22-2 n° 14 

10 A 

6 A 

3.1 A 

3 A 

1.8 A 

2.8 A 

0.55 A 

0.27 A 

Resistance Between Contacts 25 m� 

Connecting Terminals M3.5 (±) Philips head #1 with cable clamp 

Positive Opening Operation 

(according to IEC 947-5-1) 

Connecting Capacity (1 or 2 x mm2) Yes. Marked by 

0.75 to 2.5 

Terminal Marking According to EN 50 013 

Mechanical: 30 million operations 

Life Expectancy 

Electrical Operations: Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 

(Load factor of 0.5 according to curves) 

Note: See contact block accessories for AGZ11-SWITCH and AGX11-SWITCH 

replacement contact block (contact blocks have adjustable screw actuator). 

AC-15 AC-15 - Snap - Snap actionAction AC-15 AC-15 - Slow - action Slow Action 

DC-13 Snap Action Slow Action 

Power breaking for a durability of 5 million operating cycles 

Voltage 24 V 9.5 W 12 W 



Volume 14 


Millions of operating cycles 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.2 

230 - 240 

400 

0.1 

0.2 0.3 0.5 

130 

48 

12 - 24 

1 2 3 5 10 

Current (A) 

Millions of operating cycles 

5 

3 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.3 

0.2 

230 

0.1 

1 2 3 5 10 

Current (A) 

130 

48 

12 - 24 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Keep it simple, pass along the value. 

Saving you money every day since 1994 . . . 

We were originally founded as PLCDirect in 1994 and have grown from a 

tiny PLC company to one of the best value choices in the industry. 

As the first industrial controls company to successfully use a telephone 

supported direct sales catalog for PLC products, we learned that “the way it’s 

always been done” approach is not necessarily the most efficient way. So we 

worked smarter to develop in-house processes that maximized productivity to 

keep costs low. Then we passed those savings on to our customers. 

In 1999, we changed our name to AutomationDirect.com, and brought 

that “pass along the value” philosophy online. We have been serving tens 

of thousands of satisfied customers ever since. 

Whether the economy is up or down, we are prepared to serve our 

customers efficiently, with better service and value than traditional 

suppliers. 

. . . and always #1 rated service for FREE 

OEMs spoke, and they spoke our name 11 years in a row! The Reader’s 

Choice survey hosted by Control Design magazine aims to identify the 

best products and service in the industry. Results for every year going back 

to 2001 indicate we consistently provide top-notch support to our 

customers in several product categories. 

And we’ve been voted tops in service by several other independent industry 

sources as well. 

1-800-633-0405 

www.automationdirect.com

Plastic Enclosures for 22 mm Pilot Devices 

Switch enclosures 

SA107-40SL 

SA105-40SL 

SA100SL 

Enclosures have molded knock-outs for 1/2” conduit fittings. 

Important notes about 

enclosure depth and 

over-tightening 

Switches with two-deep contact blocks 

require enclosures that are 74 mm deep: 

51 mm-deep enclosures are too shallow 

and the switch contact block will not fit. 

For switches with one-deep contact 

blocks, either 51 mm-deep or 74 mmdeep 

enclosures can be used. 

Also, do not over-tighten when securing 

switch in the enclosure body. Over-tightening 

will crack the plastic body of the 

enclosure. 

No-hole model 

74 mm deep: 

SA111-00 

Specification Standard Enclosure Material Gasket Material Degree of Protection 

CEI EN 60947-5-1 Thermoplastic ABS, conforms to UL94/HB Caoutchouc (rubber) foam IP65 according to CEI EN 60529 

Two-deep 

contact 

blocks 

Part 

Number 


Also check out our metal pushbutton 

enclosures in the Enclosures section. 

Color Price Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 

SA111-00 Gray 225x70x74 No Holes 

For example: If using a switch having a 

two-deep contact block with a two-hole 

enclosure, order a 74 mm-deep SA106-40SL, 

not a 51 mm-deep SA105-40SL. 

X 51mm 

74mm deep 

YES! 

deep 

NO! 

Hole Size/Depth Mounting Instructions 

Tighten 22 mm devices only as needed 

to provide proper sealing. Over-tightening 

will crack plastic body. 

Note: This enclosure works with most 22 mm pushbuttons but may not work with Cutler-Hammer E22 series 

pushbuttons. Check your pushbutton dimensions before ordering. 

Volume 14 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


Single-hole models 

51 mm deep: 

SA100SL 

SA101SL 

Two-hole models Part 

Number 

51 mm deep: 

SA105-40SL 

Three-hole models 

Volume 14 

e25-52 

51 mm deep: 

SA107-40SL 

74 mm deep: 

SA103SL 

SA104SL 




Part 

Number 

Color Price 

SA105-40SL Gray 

SA106-40SL Gray 

Part 

Number 

Color Price Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 

Color Price 

SA107-40SL 

 

Gray 

SA108-40SL 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 

Hole Size/Depth 

105x70x51 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices, 

(40mm between hole centers) 

51 mm depth accommodates 

single-deep contact block switches 

105x70x74 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices 



two-deep contact block switches 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 



Mounting 

Instructions 

SA100SL Gray 70x70x51 Hole size fits 22 mm devices, 

51 mm depth accommodates Tighten 22 mm devices 

SA101SL Gray body/yellow top 70x70x51 single-deep contact block switches only as needed to provide 

proper sealing. 

SA103SL Gray 70x70x74 Hole size fits 22 mm devices, Over-tightening will crack 


SA104SL Gray body/yellow top 70x70x74 

plastic body. 



Mounting 

Instructions 

Tighten 22 mm 

devices only as 

needed to provide 


Over-tightening will 

crack plastic body. 

Mounting 

Instructions 

140x70x51 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices, Tighten 22 mm 


51 mm depth accommodates devices only as 

single-deep contact block switches needed to provide 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices, proper sealing. 

140x70x74 

74 mm depth accommodates Over-tightening will 


two-deep contact block switches crack plastic body. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Four-hole models 

51 mm deep: 

SA109-40SL 

Five-hole and six-hole 

models 

74 mm deep: 

SA111 

74 mm deep: 

SA112 

Part 

Number 

Color Price 

SA109-40SL 

 

Gray 

SA110-40SL 

Part 

Number 

Color Price 

SA111 

 

Gray 

SA112 

Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 


Mounting 

Instructions 

185x70x51 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices, Tighten 22 mm 


51 mm depth accommodates devices only as 

single-deep contact block switches needed to provide 

Hole size fits 22 mm devices, proper sealing. 

185x70x74 




two-deep contact block switches crack plastic body. 


Dimensions 

(HxWxD) 


Mounting 

Instructions 


225x70x74 

Tighten 22 mm 



devices only as 


225x70x74 


(30mm between hole centers, 74 mm depth accommodates 

except 40mm for 6th hole) two-deep contact block switches 

needed to provide 



crack plastic body. 

Note: These enclosures work with most 22 mm pushbuttons, but may not work with Cutler-Hammer E22 series 

pushbuttons. Check your pushbutton dimensions before ordering. 


Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

22 mm non-metal 

operator and pilot 

devices 

Cutler-Hammer’s 22 mm industrial 

pushbutton line offers a wide array of 

functional, smartly-styled illuminated and 

non-illuminated pushbuttons, selector 

switches, and more. We offer transformer, 

full voltage, resistor, or LED light units. 

The operators feature a matte black 

bezel. The space-saving design and 

modular construction of the E22 line 

makes on-the-job installation fast and 

easy. 

Complete assembled devices 

The devices listed are shipped complete 

with operator, contact blocks and light (if 

applicable). 

Volume 14 

e25-54 

Variety of operators, 

such as this illuminated 

extended button 

E22 Series 22 mm Pilot Devices Overview* 

Black bezel 


Aluminum legend plates available Mounting adapter 

Terminal clamps are shipped 

open, ready to wire 

Octagonal mounting nut eliminates 

spacer washers and set screws 

T3-1/4 bayonet base bulbs 

used throughout 

* Cutler-Hammer products are available for sale to North America locations only. 

Light units and contact blocks have 

clip-on mounting (no tools required) 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

E22 Series Selection Guide 

Indicating lights 

Complete assembly includes: 

• Illuminated operator, including 

optically enhanced lens 

• Incandescent or LED light units 

(Order legend plate separately) 

40 and 50 mm 

mushroom pushbuttons 

• Push-Pull trigger action 

• Illuminated or non-illuminated 


Illuminated 

pushbuttons 

• Red, green or amber 

• 120 VAC or 24 VAC/DC 

• Order legend plate separately 



• Selector operator 

• Contact block(s) - one or two normally 

open or normally closed 

• Black bezel 


Double headed 

pushbutton 

• On/Off control 

Push-to-test 

indicating lights 







• Flush or extended momentary operators 

• One normally open or 

normally closed contact 

• Push-push models also available 

• 120 VAC light (if illuminated) 


Control station 

• For Start/Stop applications 

Tools and 

Accessories 

• Legend plates 

• Hole plugs 

• Bulb tools 

• Replacement bulbs 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-56 

E22 Series Technical Specifications 


Ingress Protection (IP) Rating 

(IP65, IP66 ratings to IEC 529) UL Listed (NEMA) Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 when mounted in an enclosure rated for 

those same applications. See pages 30-9 and 30-10 for descriptions. 


UL508; UL File E131568. CSA certified class 3211 03, LR 68551. 

Electrical Rating 

NEMA ICS5-2000: A600, Q600 (refer to page ). IEC 60947-5-1: AC15, DC13. 

Maximum Frequency of Operation 

22 mm Pushbuttons 6,000 operations/hour IEC 60947-5-1: AC15, DC13. 

Key and Lever Selector 


3,000 operations/hour 

Twist-to-Release Devices 1,200 operations/hour 

Push-Pull Operators 3,000 operations/hour 

Pushbutton 5 million operations 

Selector Switches 500,000 operations 

Mechanical Life 

Push-Pull and Twist-to- 

Release 

300,000 operations 

Contact Block 3 million operations 

Environmental Specifications 

Operating Temperature Maximum 60° C at 95% RH, -20° to 60° C (-14° to 140° F), altitude 2000 meters 

Storage Temperature Maximum 60° C at 95% RH, -40° to 80° C (-40° to 176° F) 

Vibration 

Vibration 5G/0.7mm peak-to-peak 10 sweeps, 10-500 Hz 

Shock 18G, 18ms 

Bump 25G, 6ms for 1,000 cycles 

Construction 

Components Materials 

Housing, Bezel, Mounting 

RIngs 

Glass-filled nylon 

Internal Seal Nitrate rubber 

Panel Gasket Nitrate rubber 

Illuminated Lenses Polycarbonate 

Buttons Polyester or polycarbonate 

Springs Stainless steel 

Contacts Silver 

Terminal Screws/Terminals Brass 

Panel Thickness - mm (inches) 

Nominal 6.8 (0.2) 1 

Aluminum Legend Plates 1.3 (0.05) 

Large Yellow Round 

Legend Plates 

1.0 (0.04) 

Minimum 1.0 (0.04) 

1 Installation of certain accessories will increase the total (overall) panel thickness by the amount shown. The 

total panel thickness with all accessories installed cannot exceed the maximum allowable nominal dimensions 

of 6.8 mm (0.27 in.). 

Wire Specifications 

Minimum/Maximum 18AWG (0.75mm2 ) / 12AWG (2.5mm2 ) 

Tightening Torque 7lb./in. 

Electrical life 

• AC15 durability: 

120V, 6A 1 X 10 6 operations 

• DC13 durability: 

24V, 8A 0.15 X 10 6 operations 

660V, .1A 0.5 X 10 6 

Logic-level operation 

5 VDC, 1 mA (minimum recommended) 

Contacts feature a pointed surface called 

“Reliability Nib.” The projection penetrates 

through any oxidation providing 

unmatched low-level operation without 

using exotic metals or sealed contacts. 

Standards 

and approvals 

• UL listed – UL 508 electrical/environmental; 

UL 486E terminal secureness, File E131568 

• CSA Certified – CSA 22.2 #14 

• NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2 

• IEC 144, 337, 529, 947 

• IP65 when mounted in enclosure 

• Lloyds No. 4 and 5 

• M.T.T.A. 

• CE 

IEC utilization 

categories & ratings 

AC15 

(Control of AC electromagnetic loads) 

• 24 volts AC at 10 amps 

• 130 volts AC at 6.5 amps 

DC13 

(Control of DC electromagnetic loads) 

• 24 volts DC at 1.5 amps 

• 110 volts DC at .5 amps 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Mounting 


Back-of-panel 

extensions 

Contact 

Block 

Added 

to 

Trans. 

Unit 

Trans. 

Light 

Unit 

E22 Mounting / NEMA Aux Contact Ratings 

Note: This view is to show dimensions only. Contact 

blocks are not stackable. 

Dual 

Circuit 

Contact 

Block 

D 

C 

Contact 

Block/ 

Light Unit 

B 

Control Circuit Contact 

Electrical Ratings and Wiring 


4 3 

Normally Open 

2 1 


x1 x2 


A 

Size/Type of Operator 

Minimum Spacing — mm [inches] 

Dimensions 

A B 

All types up to 30 (1.18) dia. including knob and key operated selector switches — except those 

listed below 

Three-way adapter 

30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 

50 (1.97) dia. operators 55 (2.16) 55 (2.16) 

Large yellow round legend plate - 70 (2.76) diameter 75 (2.95) 50 (1.97) 

Approximate Dimensions — mm [inches] 

A B C D 

Single circuit block — full voltage and 

resistor units 

Dual circuit contact 

block 

Transformer light unit 

Pushbuttons (All Types and Push-Pull) 

51 [2.0] 66 (2.6) 74 (2.91) 94 (3.7) 

Key and Knob Selector Switches 

57 [2.2] 72 (2.83) 80 (3.15) 99 (3.9) 

Transformer light unit and single 

circuit contact block 

NEMA Mechanical Switching Ratings and Test Values for DC Control 

Circuit Contacts 

Contact Thermal Maximum Make or Break DC Current (A) 

Rating Continuous 

Desig- Test Current 

Volt amperes 

125 Volts 250 Volts 301 to 600 Volts 

nation (A) 

P300 5.0 1.1 0.55 --- 138 

P600 5.0 1.1 0.55 0.20 138 

Q300 2.5 0.55 0.27 --- 69 

Q600 2.5 0.55 0.27 0.10 69 

R300 1.0 0.22 0.11 --- 28 

This chart is provided as a guideline only, and the ratings and values are not guaranteed to be 

accurate. It is the users’ responsibility to properly size their control circuit devices. The chart values 

are from NEMA Standard ICS 5-2000, Table 1-4-2. 

NEMA Mechanical Switching Ratings and Test Values for AC Control Circuit Contacts 

Contact 

Rating 

Desig- 

Thermal 

Continuous 

Test Current 

120 Volts 

Maximum AC Current, 50/60Hz (A) 

240 Volts 480 Volts 600 Volts 

Volt amperes 

nation (A) Make Break Make Break Make Break Make Break Make Break 

A300 10 60 6.00 30 3.00 --- --- --- --- 7200 720 

A600 10 60 6.00 30 3.00 15 1.50 12 1.20 7200 720 

B300 5 30 3.00 15 1.50 --- --- --- --- 3600 360 

B600 5 30 3.00 15 1.50 7.5 0.75 6 0.60 3600 360 

C600 2.5 15 1.5 7.5 0.75 3.75 0.375 3.00 0.30 1800 180 

This chart is provided as a guideline only, and the ratings and values are not guaranteed to be accurate. It is the users’ responsibility to properly size their control circuit 

devices. The chart values are from NEMA Standard ICS 5-2000, Table 1-4-1. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Flush pushbuttons 

Approximate dimensions in mm (in). See 

dimensions for “back-of-panel extensions” 

at the beginning of the E22 series section. 

Volume 14 

e25-58 

E22 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 


Extended pushbuttons 

Approximate dimensions in mm (in). See 

dimensions for “back-of-panel extensions” 

at the beginning of the E22 series section. 



Non-illuminated Pushbuttons 

Flush Button with Bezel Price 

Black E22PB1A Momentary pushbutton, black bezel, flush black button with one N.O. contact 

Green E22PB3A Momentary pushbutton, black bezel, flush green button with one N.O. contact 

Push - Push Flush Button, Operator Only 

Black E22PPB1 Push to open, push to close, flush, operator only 

White E22PPB5 Push to open, push to close, flush, operator only 

Gray E22PPB7 Push to open, push to close, flush, operator only 

Extended Button 

Red E22EB2B Momentary pushbutton, black bezel, extended red button with one N.C. contact 

Control Station - One Extended Button, One Flush Button 

Green-Red E22ASB204 

Control station: 

Flush, Momentary, green button (START ) with one N.O. contact; 

Extended, Momentary, red button (STOP) with one N.C. contact 

Dimensions: mm(inches) H x W x D 120(4.72) x 80(3.15) x 60(2.36) 

See specifications and mounting data at the beginning of this E22 series section. 

Push-Push flush pushbuttons 

Control station 



Note: Contact blocks sold separately, 

see E22 accessories section. 

 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Illuminated 

pushbuttons 

Note: Bulb removal tool available. 

See replacement bulbs on the 

accessories page. 

Mushroom 

pushbutton station 

E22 Illuminated Pushbuttons 

Illuminated double-headed 

pushbutton 

Illuminated Pushbuttons 

24V AC/DC Full Voltage Price 

Red E22TB2X4B 

Green E22TB3X4A 

Amber E22TB9X4A 

120V AC Resistor * 

See dimensions for “back-of-panel 

extensions” at the beginning of 

this section. 

Momentary illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended red button with 

one N.C. contact, 24V full voltage light unit 

Momentary illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended green button with 

one N.O. contact 24V full voltage light unit 

Momentary illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended amber button with 

one N.O. contact, 24V full voltage light unit 

Red E22TB2X10B 

Momentary illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended red button with 

one N.C. contact, 120V resistor light unit 

Green E22TB3X10A 

Momentary illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended green button with 

one N.O. contact, 120V resistor light unit 

Amber E22TB9X10A 

Momentary Illuminated pushbutton, black bezel, extended amber button with 

one N.O. contact, 120V resistor light unit 


* Use 60V replacement lamp 

(W1226) for 120 VAC resistor 

models 


Illuminated Pushbutton 

Double-headed Pushbutton ** Price 


Green-Red 

illuminated double-headed pushbutton with clear lens, O and l 

E22DB1B20X11C legend markings, 120V transformer light unit, one N.O. and one N.C. contact 

 

See specifications and mounting data at the beginning of this section. 

Note: This IP65 or UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 pushbutton includes a protective clear silicone boot. 

** Use 6V replacement 

lamp (ECX1900-5) 


Mushroom Pushbutton Station 

Emergency Stop Station Price 

Red/Yellow E22ASB106 

Latch in, twist-to-release 40mm red mushroom pushbutton, black bezel, with 

one N.C. contact. 


Volume 14 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-60 

E22 Emergency Stop Mushroom Pushbuttons 

The European Machinery Safety Directive 

EN 418 requires all emergency OFF 

devices to be self-latching types and to 

have positive (direct) opening operation. 

Devices have to be manually reset. EN 

418 states that actuators shall be mushroom 

head type and colored RED. RED The 

background immediately around the 

device actuator should be colored 

YELLOW YELLOW (see the E22 accessories in this 

section to order legend plate part number 

E22VA8 or guard part number 

E22MGTA). 

E22VA8 

E22MGTA 

The E22LTA2QB Emergency Stop pushbutton, 

in conjunction with direct-opening 

action contact blocks and either a yellow 

nameplate or yellow guard, is fully 

compliant with this safety directive, and is 

third-party certified by DEMKO. 

C 

A 

F G 


CE EN 418 Compliant Non-illuminated Emergency Stop Mushroom Pushbuttons 

(A) Red E22LTA2QB 

Trigger action twist-to-release Maintained 40mm red mushroom pushbutton, Emergency 

Stop. black bezel, with one N.C. contact 

(B) Red E22LPB2B 

Push-Pull Maintained 40mm red mushroom pushbutton, Emergency Stop. black bezel, 

with one N.C. contact 

Push-Pull Maintained 

(C) Red 

50 mm red aluminum mushroom pushbutton, Emergency Stop 

E22JLB2N8B engraved, black bezel, with one N.C. contact 

(D) Red E22JPLB2B 

Push-Pull Maintained 50 mm red mushroom pushbutton, not engraved, black bezel, 

with one N.C. contact 


Note: E22MGTA fits E22LTA2QB. 

It is not recommended for use with devices that are not EN-418 compliant . 

Non-illuminated Mushroom Pushbuttons (NOT CE EN 418 Compliant) 

(E) Red E22JPB2B Momentary 50 mm red mushroom pushbutton, black bezel, with one N.C. contact 

(F) Red E22LB2B Momentary 40 mm red mushroom pushbutton, black bezel, with one N.C. contact 

Twist release Maintained 40mm red mushroom pushbutton, black bezel, with one N.C. 

(G) Red E22LLB2B contact 


D, E 

B 

Dimensions A, B 

A 

B 

Dimensions C, D, E 

Dimensions F, G 




 

 

 

 

 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

E22 Monoblock Indicating Lights 

Monoblock Indicating Lights 

24V AC/DC Full Voltage Incandescent Price 

Red E22HV2X4 Monoblock indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage incandescent 

Green E22HV3X4 Monoblock indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage incandescent 

Amber E22HV9X4 Monoblock indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage incandescent 

120V AC Full Voltage Incandescent 

Red E22HV2X8 Monoblock indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 120V full voltage incandescent 

Green E22HV3X8 Monoblock indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 120V full voltage incandescent 

Amber E22HV9X8 Monoblock indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 120V full voltage incandescent 

24V AC/DC Full Voltage LED* 

Red E22HL2X4 Monoblock indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage LED 

Green E22HL3X4 Monoblock indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage LED 

Amber E22HL9X4 Monoblock indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 24V full voltage LED 

120V AC Full Voltage LED* 


Red E22HL2X8 Monoblock indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 120V full voltage LED 

Green E22HL3X8 Monoblock indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 120V full voltage LED 

Amber E22HL9X8 Monoblock indicating light, amber optically Enhanced lens, 120V full voltage LED 

120V AC Transformer Incandescent** 

Red E22H2X11 Monoblock Indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 

Green E22H3X11 Monoblock indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 

Amber E22H9X11 Monoblock indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 

See also specifications and mounting data at the beginning of this E22 series section. 

Note: * Cutler-Hammer 22mm LED indicators feature an LED cluster module. 

The LED clusters are permanently installed and are non-replaceable. 

**Use 6V replacement lamp (ECX1900-5) for 120VAC transformer models. 

See the E22 accessories in this section for replacement lamp information. 

Dimensions 

E22HVxxx and E22HLxxx (Full voltage) 

E22Hxxx (Transformer) 


Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Push-to-test 

indicating lights 

Volume 14 

e25-62 

See dimensions for “back-of-panel extensions” at the 

beginning of this E22 series section. 


Two-position 


E22 Lights and Selector Switches 



See dimensions for “back-of-panel extensions” at 

the beginning of this E22 series section. 


Push-to-Test Indicating Lights 

These are designed to illuminate for bulb test when operator is pressed. Otherwise, they function as indicator lights. 

120V AC Resistor * Price 

Red E22TB2X26 Push-to-Test indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 120V resistor incandescent 

Amber E22TB9X26 Push-to-Test indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 120V resistor incandescent 

120V AC Transformer ** 

Red E22TB2X27 Push-to-Test indicating light, red optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 

Green E22TB3X27 Push-to-Test indicating light, green optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 

Amber E22TB9X27 Push-to-Test indicating light, amber optically enhanced lens, 120V transformer incandescent 


Notes: Bulb removal tool available. See replacement bulbs on 

the E22 accessories page in this section. 

* Use 60V replacement lamp (W1226) for 120 VAC resistor models. 

** Use 6V replacement lamp (ECX1900-5) for 120 VAC transformer models. 


Two-Position Part Number Description Price 

Left Center Right 

M M 

Maintained Left 

Maintained Right 

Three-Position 


E22XB51A 

E22XB51C 

Selector switch, black bezel ,two position, black 

knob, "OFF ON" with one N.O. contact block 

Selector switch, black bezel, two-position, black 

knob, "ON ON" with one N.O. and one N.C. 

contact block 

M M 

Maintained Left 

Maintained Center 

Maintained Right 

M E22XBG1RR 

Selector switch, black bezel, 3-position, black 

knob, "ON ON ON" with two contact blocks, 

each having one N.O. and one N.C. contact. 

(Contact part number E22B11) 

Three-Position Spring-Return to Center Position 


M M M 

S M S 

Spring return Left 

Maintained Center 

Spring return Right 

E22XBL1D 

Selector switch, black bezel, 3-position, black 

knob. “ON OFF ON”, spring return to center, 

with two N.O. contact blocks 


 

 

 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Two-position 

key switches 

A 


key switches 

B 

Accessories — 

replacement 

contact blocks 

E22B1 

E22 Key Switches and Accessories 

E22B2 

Two-position Key Switch Price 

(A) Key E22KB53A Selector switch, black bezel, 2-position key, "OFF ON" with one N.O. contact block 

(A) Key 

Selector switch, black bezel, 2-position key, spring from right "OFF ON" with one N.O. 

E22KB62A contact block 

 

Three-position Key Switch 

(B) Key 

Selector switch, black bezel, 3-position key, "ON ON ON" with two contact blocks, each hav- 

E22KBG7RR ing one N.O. and one N.C. contact. (Contact part number E22B11) 

 

(B) Key 

Selector switch, black bezel, 3-position key, "HAND OFF AUTO" with two N.O. contact 

E22KBG7D blocks 

 


Notes: 

All E22 series key switches are keyed alike. The key is not compatible with the metal 22 mm key switches. 

All E22 series key switches will hold only one single row of (2) contacts (non-stackable). 

Key can be removed in all positions. 

Spare keys available: part no. E22KS2 

E22CB1M 

Key Switches 


See dimensions for “back-of-panel extensions” 

at the beginning of this E22 series section. 


Contact Blocks One block contains: Price 

E22B1* One N.C. contact (Direct Opening Action) 

E22B2 One N.O. contact 

E22B11* One N.O., One N.C. contact (N.C. Direct Opening Action) 

E22B20 Two N.O. contacts 

E22CB1M* Self-monitoring contact block (N.C. Direct Opening Action) 

Note: See contact electrical ratings on E22 series mounting and contact ratings page in this E22 series section. 

*All N.C. contact blocks are EN 418 compliant when used with compliant operators. 


E22B11 

E22B20 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-64 

Octagonal wrench 

Bulb removal tool 

E22 Accessories 

Guard for E22 E-stop 

Replacement 

incandescent bulbs 

Replacement 



Hole plug 

Accessories 


Part number Description Price 

HT8WRENCH Octagonal wrench for tightening back-of-panel mounting nut on all Cutler-Hammer operators. 

E22BHP Hole plug for unused 22 mm panel holes. 

E22KS2 Spare key for all Cutler-Hammer 22 mm selector switches (not shown) 

HT8LAMPTOOL Lamp extraction tool for removing lamps from switches, indicators and stacklights 

E22MGTA 22mm yellow guard for E22LTA2QB and E22LPB2B for emergency stop applications. 



Part Number Rating Description Quantity Price 

ECX1900-5 6V, 1.2 watts 


Miniature bayonet base T31/4. 

pkg. of 5 bulbs 

ECX1902-5 24V@ 80mA 




ECX1904-5 130V@20mA 




W1121 

Replacement bulb for Cutler-Hammer E22 full voltage 

120V@20mA indicators and switches. Does not replace the LED 

monoblock indicators. 


W1226 60V@20mA 

Replacement bulb for Cutler-Hammer E22 resistor 

indicators, switches and pushbuttons. 

Does not replace the LED monoblock indicators. 

pkg. of 4bulbs 

W1819 24V@20mA 

Replacement bulb for Cutler-Hammer E22 indicators and 

pushbuttons. Does not rbulbeplace the LED monoblock 

indicators. 

pkg. of 4bulbs 


Part Number Color Rating Description Quantity Price 

ECX1911-2 Red 

 


ECX1913-2 Yellow 24V@26mA 

LED replacement lamp for 

miniature bayonet bases 

 

ECX1914-2 Blue Works with 22 mm switch- 

 

ECX1915-2 

ECX1921-2 

ECX1922-2 

White 

Red 

Green 

es and indicators, but illumination 

will not be as 

even when used with the 

ECX 22 mm indicators 

Note: Will not replace 

pkg. of 2 LED bulbs 

 

 

 

ECX1923-2 

ECX1924-2 

Yellow 

Blue 

120V@5mA sealed Cutler-Hammer 


 

 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5 

Note: Bulb removal tool available. Order part number HT8LAMPTOOL.

Legend plates 

E22VA8 

E22 Legend Plates 

Aluminum legend plates feature a 

plastisol backing to help prevent 

rotation of the operator. 


Legend Plates 

Color Part Number Legend Price 

Black E22NS11 "CLOSE" 

Black E22NS12 "DOWN" 

Red E22NS13 "EMERG. STOP" 

Black E22NS15 "FORWARD" 

Black E22NS19 ”JOG” 

Black E22NS25 "ON" 

Black E22NS26 "OPEN" 

Black E22NS30 "REVERSE" 

Black E22NS31 "RUN" 

Black E22NS33 "START" 

Red E22NS34 "STOP" 

Black E22NS35 "UP" 

Black E22NS36 Blank plate 

Red E22NS37 Blank plate 

Black E22NS38 "FOR-REV" 

Black E22NS39 “HAND-AUTO” 

Black E22NS41 "JOG-RUN" 

Black E22NS42 "OFF-ON" 

Black E22NS43 "OPEN-CLOSE" 

Black E22NS48 "UP-DOWN" 

Black E22NS50 "FOR-OFF-REV" 

Black E22NS51 "HAND-OFF-AUTO" 

Black E22NS80 “POWER ON” 

Black E22NS81 "MOTOR RUN" 

Black E22NS82 "MOTOR STOP" 

Black E22NL36 Jumbo alum. blank plate (1.57 in wide x 1.85 in tall) 

Red E22NL37 Jumbo alum. blank plate (1.57 in wide x 1.85 in tall) 

Red /black E22NSP77 

Plastic blank plate; red on one side, black on other side; either side can have letters 

engraved down into white plastic 

 

Yellow E22VA8 "EMERGENCY STOP" oversize yellow legend plate, 2.76" (70mm), printed 

NOTE: Legend plates also work with the GCX/ECX series 22 mm metal switches. 

The removal of the locator tab on the legend plate is required. This is easily 

accomplished with a round file or small grinder. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-66 

E22 Series Cross-reference Tables 

Cutler-Hammer Allen-Bradley 

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 

E22PB1A 

E22PB3A 

E22EB2B 

E22ASB204 

800EPF2 

800E3LX10 

800EPF3 

800E3LX10 

800EPE4 

800E3LX01 

Illuminated Pushbuttons 

E22TB2X4B 

E22TB3X4A 

E22TB9X4A 

E22TB2X10B 

E22TB3X10A 

E22TB9X10A 

ENCLSR: 800E-2P 

800EP-F3 

800E-2LX10 

800EP-E4 

800E-2LX01 

800E-34BE208 

800E-34R212 

800EPLE4 

800E3DL3 

800E3X01 

800EPLE3 

800E3DL3 

800E3X10 

800EPLE5 

800E3DL3 

800E3X10 

800EPLE4 

800E2RL5 

800E3X01 

800EPLE3 

800E2RL5 

800E3X10 

800DPLE5 

800E2RL5 

800E3X10 


Pushbutton, Indicator Light, and Selector Switch Cross Reference 

Telemecanique 

XB2B (chrome bezel) XA2B (black bezel) 

ZA2BA2 

ZA2BZ101 

ZA2BA3 

ZA2BZ101 

ZA2BL4 

ZA2BZ102 

XALB211 

Both flush - stop is not extended 

ZA2BW14 

ZA2BW06224 

ZA2B213 

AZ2B206124 

ZA2BW15 

ZA2BW06124 

ZA2BW14 

ZA2BW062120 

ZA2BW13 

ZA2BW061120 

ZA2BW15 

ZA2B2061120 

GE C-2000 Siemens 

P9XPNNG10N0 

P9XPNVG10N0 

P9XPNRS20N0 

P9CPNRSN20NO 

P9CPNVGN10NO P9EPB02 

P9AEPN201 P9AEPN202 

P9XPLRSDN12NADl 

P9XPLVSDN12NADl 

P9XPLASDN12NADl 

P9XPLRSB 

P9PRNVJ 

P9PDNVD 

P9XPLVSD 

P9PRNVJ 

P9PDNVD 

P9XPLASD 

P9PRNVJ 

P9PDNVD 

3SB1000-0AB01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB1000-0AE01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB1000-0LC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB02-S21 

3SB1001-OLC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0C 

3SB1400-2H 

3SB1001-0LE01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB1440-2H 

3SB1001-0LD01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB1400-2H 

3SB1001-0LC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0C 

3SB02-UPR1P 

3SB1910-0DE 

3SB1400-OB 

3SB02-UPR1P 

3SB1910-0DD 

3SB1400-0B 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Pushbutton, Indicator Light, and Selector Switch Cross Reference (cont'd) 

Telemecanique 



XB2B (chrome bezel) XA2B (black bezel) 

Non-Illuminated Mushroom Pushbuttons 

E22LB2B 

E22LLB2B 

E22JPB2B 

E22JLB2N8B 

E22JPLB2B 

E22ASB106 

Indicating Lights 

E22HV2X4 

E22HV3X4 

E22HV9X4 

E22HV2X8 

E22HV3X8 

E22HV9X8 

E22HL2X4 

E22HL3X4 

E22HL9X4 

E22HL2X8 

E22HL3X8 

E22HL9X8 

800EPM4 

800E3LX01 

800EPMT4 

800E3LX01 

800EPMJ4 

800E3LX01 

800EPMJP28 

800E3LX01 

800EPMJP24 

800E3LX01 

800EP-MT4 

800E-2LX01 

800E-1P 

800E-15YE112 

800EPPL4 

800E3DL3 

800EPPL3 

800E3DL3 

800EPPL5 

800E3DL3 

800EPPL4 

800E3DL5 

800EPPL3 

800E3DL5 

800EPPL5 

800E3DL5 

800EPPL4 

800E3DL3R 

800EPPL3 

800E3DL3G 

800EPPL5 

800E3DL3A 

800EPPL4 

800E3DL5R 

800EPPL3 

800E3DL5G 

800EPPL5 

800E3DL5A 

ZA2BC4 

ZA2BZ102 

ZA2BS54 

ZA2BZ102 

ZA2BR4 

ZA2BZ102 

P9XEM4RNN20N0 

P9XER4RAN20N0 

3SB1000-1RC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0C 

3SB1000-1AC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-0C 

P9XEMGRN (60mm) P9BO1VN 3SB1000-1VC01 (70MM) 3SB1400-0C 

NO EQUAL NO EQUAL NO EQUAL 

ZA2BX4 

ZA2BZ102 

XALJ174 

No Nameplate +Yellow Cover 

P9XET4RN1200 3SB1000-0KC01 (40mm) 3SB1400-0C 

P9XER4RAN20N0 P9EPB01 

P9AEPNEN 

Use ZA2 or ZB2 for these indicating lights 

ZA2BV04 

P9XURRD0 

ZA2BV624 

BA9S24 

ZA2BV03 

P9XUGRD0 

ZA2BV624 

BA9S24 

ZA2BVO5 

P9XUARD0 

ZA2BV624 

BA9S24 

ZA2BV04 

B9XURRD0 

ZA2BV6120 

BA9S130 

ZA2BV03 

B9XUGRD0 

ZA2BV6120 

BA9S130 

ZA2BV05 

B9XUARD0 

ZA2BV6120 

BA9S130 

ZA2BV043 

ZA2BV624 

DL1CJUS0244 

B9XURRD0 

080BA9S24LR 

ZA2BV033 

ZA2BV624 

DL1CJUS0243 

B9XUGRD0 

080BA9S24LG 

ZA2BV053 

ZA2BV624 

DL1CJUS0245 

B9XUARD0 

080BA9S24LA 

ZA2BV043 

ZA2BV620 

DL1CJUS1204 

B9XURRD0 

080BA9S120LR 

ZA2BV033 

ZA2BV6120 

DL1CJUS1203 

B9XUGRD0 

080BA9S120LG 

ZA2BV053 

ZA2BV6120 

DL1CJUS1205 

B9XUARD0 

080BA9S120LA 

3SB02-S13 

No Nameplate + Yellow Cover 

Volume 14 


N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-68 



Indicating Lights (cont'd) 

E22H2X11 

E22H3X11 

E22H9X1 

E22TB2X26 

E22TB9X26 

E22TB2X27 

E22TB3X27 

E22TB9X27 


E22XB51A 

E22XB51C 

E22XBG1RR 

E22KB53A 

E22KB62A 

E22KBG7RR 

E22KBG7D 

800EPPL4 

800E3TL5 

800EPPL3 

800E3TL5 

800EPPL5 

800E3TL5 

800EPLE4 

800E3TLT5X11 

800DPLE5 

800ETLT5X11 

800EPLE4 

800E3TLT5X11 

800EPLE3 

800E3TLT5X11 

800EPLE5 

800E3TLT5X11 

800EPSM22 

800E3LX10 

800EPSM22 

800E3LX11 

800EPSM32 

800E3LX20 

800E3LX02 

800EPKM2Z1 

800E3LX11 

800EPKR2Z1 

800E3LX10 

800EPKM3R1 

800E3 

800E3LX11 

800EPKM3R1 

800E3LX10 



Telemecanique XB2B (chrome bezel) 

XA2B (black bezel) 

Use ZA2 or ZB2 for these indicating lights 

ZA2BV04 ZA2BV3 P9XLRGJl 

ZA2BV03 

ZA2BVB3 

ZA2BV05 

ZA2BV3 

ZA2BW14 

ZA2B2065120 

ZA2B215 

ZA2BW065120 

ZA2BW14 

ZA2BW035 

ZA2BW13 

ZA2BW035 

ZA2BW15 

ZA2BW035 

ZA2BD2 

ZA2BZ101 

ZA2BD2 

ZA2BZ105 

ZA2BD3 

ZA2BZ103 

ZA2BZ104 

ZA2BG4 

ZA2BZ101 

ZA2BG6 

ZA2BZ101 

ZA2BG0 

ZA2BZ103 

ZA2BZ104 

ZA2BG0 

ZA2BZ103 


P9XLGGJl 

P9XLAGJl 

P9XPLRSDN30NKJl 

P9XPLASDN30NKJl 

P9XPLRSDN30NHJl 

P9XPLGSDN30NHJl 

P9XPLASDN30NHJl 

P9XSMD0N 

P9B10VN 

P9XSMD0N 

P9B11VN 

P9XSMZ0N 

P9B11VN 

P9XSCD0K95 

P9B10VN 

P9XSCD0K95 

P9B10VN 

P9XSCZ0T95 

(2) P9B11VN 

P9XSCU0K95 

3SB1001-6CC06 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB1001-6CE06 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB1001-6CD06 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB02-UPR1P 

3SB1910-0DC 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB02-UPR1P 

3SB1910-0DD 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB100-0QC01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB1001-0QE01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB1001-0QA01 

3SB02-CBH 

3SB1400-5M 

3SB02-2MKBP 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB02-2MKBP 

3SB1400-0C 

3SB02-3MKBP 

3SB1400-0G 

3SB1400-0H 

3XB02-2MHC1P 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB02-2LHC1P 

3SB1400-0B 

3SB02-3MHC6P 

3SB1400-0G 

3SB1440-0H 

3SB02-3MHC2P 

3SB1400-0G 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5



Telemecanique 

Cutler-Hammer 

Accessories 

Allen-Bradley 

XB2B (chrome bezel) 

XA2B (black bezel) 


E22B1 800E3X01 ZA2BZ102 P9B01VN 3SB1400-0C 

E22B2 800E3X10 ZA2BZ101 P9B10VN 3SB1400-0B 

E22NS33 800E13BE208 ZA2BZ32303 P9ACP2N202 P22MPS03 


E22NS19 800E13BE138 ZA2BZ32101 + custom text P9ACP2N210 P22MPS28 



E22NS50 800E13BE261 ZA2BZ32101+ custom text P9ACP2N239 P22MPS81 


E22NS38 800E1BE253 ZA2BZ32101+ custom text P9ACP2N231 P22MPS57 




E22NS81 800E13B ZA2BZ32101 + custom text P9ACP2NFEN P22MPS38 

E22NS82 800E13B ZA2BZ32101 + custom text P9ACP2NFEN P22MPSBB + custom text 

E22NS25 800E13BE166 ZA2BZ32311 P9ACP2R212 P22MPS01 



E22NS30 80013BE188 ZA2BZ32306 P9ACP2N215 P22MPS08 



E22NS48 80013BE224 ZA2BZ32101 + custom text P9ACP2N256 P22MPS61 

E22NS13 800E13BE112 ZA2BZ32330 P9ACP2R229 P22MPS27 

E22VA8 800E16Y ZB2BY9303 080XTG802 3SX1348 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-70 

You asked for them 

NEMA Ruggedness at IEC Prices 

We took advantage of the experience of Cutler- 

Hammer engineering to take existing product technology 

and make it better. From the corrosion-resistant 

anodized mounting rings to the optically-enhanced 

lenses on our indicators, the HT800 30 mm line 

finishes out your control panel in style. Extended lamps 

and LEDs provide better side illumination in our indicators 

and illuminated pushbuttons. Watertight double 

V gaskets stand between the environment and your 

control system. Use them indoors or out. They’re 

protected to NEMA 1, 2 , 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, and 13. 

Grounding kits included 

with each device 

Stack contact blocks up to six deep by two 

wide on pushbutton operators. Contact 

capacity varies with operator. 

30 mm selector switches 

(in knob or lever versions) 


Available in 

green, black, 

and red 

Check out the features 

Color-coded 

contact blocks 

30 mm pushbuttons 

Flush and 

Extended 

Double V Gasket Seals 

Illuminated 

(in seven colors) 

Anodized aluminum 

mounting ring 

Ours: . . . . . . . . . . . . $21.50 (HT8AAGA - operator + 1 N.O. contact block) 

Allen-Bradley: . . . $47.07 (800T-A1D1) 

* Cutler-Hammer products are available for sale to North America locations only. 

*All prices are U.S. published prices. AutomationDirect’s prices are from April 2012 Price 

List. Prices and specifications may vary by dealer and configuration. Allen-Bradley industrial 

control component prices from www.rockwellautomation.com/en/e-tools 2/20/12. Prices 

may vary by dealer. Prices subject to change without notice. 

30 mm indicating lights 


Guarded illuminated 


Push-pull 

illuminated 

Mushroom 

30 mm push-to-test indicators 

Ours: . . . . . . . . . . . . . $45.50 (HT8HFYV7) 

Allen-Bradley:. . . . $97.67 (800T-Q10G) 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT800 30 mm Pushbuttons Specifications 

The HT800 family of 30.5 mm pushbutton 

devices includes momentary, illuminated 

and mushroom-head 

pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating 

lights and push-pull switches. 

Features 

• Anodized aluminum mounting rings 

• Watertight double V-gasket seals 

• Extended height bulbs 

• Transparent housing contact blocks 

• Color-coded contact blocks 

• Gold-plated contacts (on low voltage 

contact block) 

• Reliability ridge on movable contact 

• Stackable screw-mounted contact blocks 

• Contact blocks can be mounted in 

left/right or top/bottom positions 

• Standard N.C. contact opens before N.O. 

contact closes 

(break before make operation) 

• Bright and long lasting LED indicating 

lights in six colors 

• Field convertible maintained selector 

switches from two-position to 

three-position and vice versa 

• Field selectable knob/lever mounting 

positions – at any 22.5° increment 


4 3 

Normally Open 

2 1 


x1 x2 


Benefits 

• Corrosion resistant NEMA 4X finish 

• Watertight and oil-tight NEMA 4, 13 

ingress protection 

• Increased side illumination of indicating 

lights and illuminated pushbuttons 

• Easy visual inspection of contact 

conditions 

• Easily identifiable N.O. (white) or N.C. 

black) contact blocks 

• Gold-plated contacts suitable for logic 

level circuits 

• Reliability ridge penetrates contamination 

buildup on stationary contacts 

• Left/right or top/bottom mounted contact 

blocks allow correct positioning in retrofit 

applications 

• All-purpose selector switches are 

convertible and can rotate in 22.5° 

increments to suit panel layouts 

Standards and Certifications 

• UL508, File No. E131568 

• CSA C22.2 No. 14, File No. LR68551 

Ingress Protection 

• UL (NEMA) 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 

when mounted in similarly rated enclosures 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-72 

Mechanical Ratings 

Frequency of Operation 

HT800 30 mm Pushbuttons Specifications 


HT800 — Specifications 

Pushbuttons 6,000 Operations per hour 

Selector Switches 3,000 Operations per hour 

Push-Pull Operators 3,000 Operations per hour 

Mechanical Endurance/Life 

Pushbuttons 10 x 10 6 Operations 6K Ops/Hr with 6 NO on left and 6 NC on right 

Selector Switches 250 x 10 3 Operations 3K Ops/Hr with 2 NO on left and 2 NC on right 

Push-Pull Operators 250 x 10 3 Operations 3K Ops/Hr with 6 NO on left and 6 NC on right 

Environmental Specifications 

Operating Temperature 10° to 140°F (-12° to 60°C) 

Storage Temperature -40° to 176°F (-40° to 80°C) 

Altitude 6,562 ft. (2,000m) 

Humidity 95% RH @ 60°C 

Terminals 

Contact Blocks #6-32 posi-drive saddle clamp type, 1 x 16 AWG to 2 x 14 AWG, 12 in-lbs max. 

Light Units #6-32 posi-drive saddle clamp type, 1 x 22 AWG to 2 x 14 AWG, 7 in-lbs max. 

HT800 Standard Contact Blocks UL (NEMA) Rating 

Electrical Ratings Description/Function 

Contact 

Type 

Catalog 

Number 

AC DC 

Standard Normally Open contact NO HT8A A600 P600 

Standard Normally Closed contact NC HT8B A600 P600 

Normally Open Early Make Contact will make circuit before standard 

NO contact. DC ratings do not apply. 

NOEM HT8C A600 — 

Normally Closed Late Break contact will open after standard NC contact. 

DC ratings do not apply. 

NCLB HT8D A600 — 

Logic level, low voltage NO contact. 

Gold plated contacts. 

Description 

NO HT8E 

5V 1 mA (minimum) 

28V 500 mA (maximum) 

UL (NEMA) A600 and P600 Ratings 

Volts AC 50/60 Hz Volts DC 1 

120 240 480 600 125 250 600 

Make and Emerg. Interrupting Capacity (Amp) 60 30 15 12 1.1 0.55 0.2 

Normal Load Break (Amp) 6 3 1.5 1.2 1.1 0.55 0.2 

Thermal Current (Amp) 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 

Voltamperes 

Make and Emerg. Interrupting Capacity 7200 7200 7200 7200 138 2 138 2 138 2 

Normal Load Break 720 720 720 720 138 138 138 

Note: 1: DC ratings do not apply to NOEM (Normally Open Early Make) and 

NCLB (Normally Closed Late Break) contact blocks HT8C and HT8D. 

2: Maximum make or break volt-amperes at 300V or less 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT800 30 mm Momentary Pushbuttons 

HT8AAG HT8ABR HT8AEH 

Contact Type 

Operator Only, No Contacts 

1 N.O. 

1 N.C. 

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 

2 N.O. and 2 N.C. 

Flush Extended Mushroom 

Button 

Color 

Flush Head Momentary Extended Head Momentary 

Notes: A grounding kit is included with each operator or switch assembly. 

Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The individual components are picked and 

shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the individual components must be done by the customer. 

Mushroom Head 


Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 

Black HT8AAH HT8ABH HT8AEH 

Red HT8AAR HT8ABR HT8AER 

Green HT8AAG HT8ABG HT8AEG 

Black *HT8AAHA *HT8ABHA *HT8AEHA 

Red *HT8AARA *HT8ABRA *HT8AERA 

Green *HT8AAGA *HT8ABGA *HT8AEGA 

Black *HT8AAHB *HT8ABHB *HT8AEHB 

Red *HT8AARB *HT8ABRB *HT8AERB 

Green *HT8AAGB *HT8ABGB *HT8AEGB 

Black *HT8AAHAB *HT8ABHAB *HT8AEHAB 

Red *HT8AARAB *HT8ABRAB *HT8AERAB 

Green *HT8AAGAB *HT8ABGAB *HT8AEGAB 

Black *HT8AAHF1Q1 *HT8ABHF1Q1 *HT8AEHF1Q1 

Red *HT8AARF1Q1 *HT8ABRF1Q1 *HT8AERF1Q1 

Green *HT8AAGF1Q1 *HT8ABGF1Q1 *HT8AEGF1Q1 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

0.180 

(4.6) 

Volume 14 

e25-74 

HT800 30 mm Momentary Pushbuttons 

30.5 mm Pushbutton Installation and Mounting Instructions - inches (mm) 

2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 

Optional notch 

locations 

Figure 1 

Mounting matrix and minimum 

panel spacing requirements in 

inches (mm). 


STACKING SCREW 

TORQUE: 12 in-lbs MAX 

#6-32 POSI-DRIVE 

SADDLE CLAMP TYPE 

1x16 TO 2x14 AWG 

TERMINAL TORQUE 12 in-lbs. MAX 

COPPER WIRE ONLY 

0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 

OPERATOR SUB-ASSEMBLY 

WITH CONTACT BLOCKS 

FLUSH OR 

EXTENDED 

HEAD 

SEALING SPACER 

GASKETS 

Figure 3 

Exploded view of pushbutton operator 

(Flush and extended) 

1.000 

(25.4) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Figure 2 

Back, Side and Bottom 

views of pushbutton operator 

with attached contact blocks. 

PANEL 

(VARIES) 

PANEL 

BACK 

VIEW 

1.400 

(35.6) 

OPTIONAL 

2 STACKS 

T 

GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 

4.600 

(116.8) 

3.700 

(94.0) 

2.900 

(73.7) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Note: 

RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM OF 

4TANDEM STACKS OF CONTACT 

BLOCKS BEHIND OPERATOR 

AT USER'S DISCRETION, TWO 

ADDITIONAL TANDEM STACKS 

MAY BE ADDED. 

RECOMMENDED 4 STACKS 

(8 CONTACT BLOCKS TOTAL) 

PANEL THICKNESS 

T INCHES (mm) n 

0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

THRUST WASHER 

ANTI-ROTATION 

0.900 

(22.9) 

Extended 

0.750 

(19.1) 

Flush 

SIDE 

VIEW 

BOTTOM 

VIEW 

NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

LEGEND PLATE 

NOTE: 

DISCARD THE TRIM RING 

IF A LEGEND PLATE IS 

USED. DO NOT USE BOTH 

THE TRIM RING AND A 

LEGEND PLATE. 

TRIM RING 

CLAMP RING 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT8CBR 

HT800 30 mm Two-position Push-pull Button 

0.180 

(4.6) 









2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 


locations 

Figure 1 



inches (mm). 



FLUSH OR 

EXTENDED 

HEAD 


GASKETS 

Contact 

Configuration 

0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 

1.000 

(25.4) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Volume 14 


PANEL 

Figure 2 




PANEL 

(VARIES) 

Figure 3 

Exploded view of mushroom 

head operator 

T 

Operator Position Two-position Maintained Push-Pull 

Out I n Color Catalog Number Price 

Operator Only -------------- Red HT8CBR 

1 N.C. X O Red *HT8CBRB 

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. "O X" " X O" Red *HT8CBRAB 


Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The 

individual components are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the 

individual components must be done by the customer. 

BACK 

VIEW 

1.400 

(35.6) 

OPTIONAL 

2 STACKS 

GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 

4.600 

(116.8) 

3.700 

(94.0) 

2.900 

(73.7) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Note: 


4TANDEM STACKS OF CONTACT 




MAY BE ADDED. 





0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

THRUST WASHER 

ANTI-ROTATION 

NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

LEGEND PLATE 

NOTE: 





LEGEND PLATE. 

TRIM RING 

CLAMP RING 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

1.500 

(38.1) 

SIDE 

VIEW 

BOTTOM 

VIEW 

OPERATOR 

SEALING WASHER 

(DO NOT REMOVE) 

(40 mm) 

mushroom 

head 

MUSHROOM 

HEAD 

NOTE: 

TIGHTEN TO 

PROVIDE A 

GOOD SEAL 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-76 

Contact 

Configuration 

HT800 30 mm Push-Pull Illuminated Pushbutton 

24 Volt 

Incandescent full 

Voltage Lamp 

Price 

50mA @ 24 Volts 


120 Volt 

Incandescent 

Full Voltage 

Lamp 19mA @ 

120 Volts 

Red Lens 

Price 

24 Volt LED 

full Voltage 

Lamp 

Price 


full Voltage 

Lamp 

Operator only HT8FBRV3 HT8FBRV7 HT8FBRF3 HT8FBRF7 

1 N.0. *HT8FBRAV3 *HT8FBRAV7 *HT8FBRAF3 *HT8FBRAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8FBRBV3 *HT8FBRBV7 *HT8FBRBF3 *HT8FBRBF7 

Green Lens 

Operator only HT8FBGV3 HT8FBGV7 HT8FBGF3 HT8FBGF7 

1 N.0. *HT8FBGAV3 *HT8FBGAV7 *HT8FBGAF3 *HT8FBGAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8FBGBV3 *HT8FBGBV7 *HT8FBGBF3 *HT8FBGBF7 

Notes: A grounding kit is included with each operator 

or switch assembly. 

*Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual 

components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The individual 

components are picked and shipped in the same 

shipping box. Final assembly of the individual components 

must be done by the customer. 

Price 

HT8FBRV3 

HT8FBGF3 


1.6534 

(42.0) 

head 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT800 30 mm Two-position Selector Switches 

HT8JAH3A knob version 

HT8JDH3A lever version 

HT800 30 mm Three-position Selector Switches 

HT8JBH1D knob version 

HT8JEH1D lever version 

Contact 

Type 

No 

Contacts 

1 N.O. 

Contact 

Type 

No 

Contacts 

2 N.O. 


Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. 

The individual components are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly 

of the individual components must be done by the customer. 

Operator Type 

M=Maintained 

S=Spring Return 

Switch Part 

Numbers 

HT8JBH1D, HT8JUH1D, 

HT8JXH1D, 

HT8JBH1DAAD, 

HT8JUH1DAA5, 

HT8JXH1DAA5, 

HT8JEH1D, HT8JVH1D, 

HT8JYH1D, 

HT8JEH1DAA5, 

HT8JVH1DAA5, 

HT8JYH1DAA5(contact 

block configuration 

varies with part number) 

Operator Type 

M=Maintained 

S=Spring Return 

Standard Black Knob Standard Black Lever 

Operator 

Operator 

Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price 

M M HT8JAH3A . HT8JDH3A . 

M M < S *HT8JXH1DAA5 *HT8JYH1DAA5 . 

Contact Blocks Cam Code 1D 

Left Right 


NO ------ X 0 0 

NC ------ 0 X X 


------ NO 0 0 X 

Selector Switch 

------ NC X X 0 

*N0--------------- ---------------N0 X 0 X 

**NC-------------- ---------------NC 0 X 0 

* Indicates contact blocks wired in parallel 

** Indicates contact blocks wired in series 

X = On O = Off 

Note: AUTOMATIONDIRECT only offers cam code 1D for three-position selector switches. 

Note: For additional contact blocks, see HT800 accessories in this section. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-78 

HT800 30 mm Three-position Selector Switches 

0.180 

(4.6) 


locations 

Figure 1 



inches (mm). 


30.5 mm Selector Switch Installation and Mounting Instructions - inches (mm) 

PANEL 

2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 











GASKETS 

TWO POSITION 

0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 

PANEL 

(VARIES) 

Figure 4 

typical selector switch 

sub-assembly mounting 

positions. 

THREE POSITION 

1 

1 

2 

45 o 

T 

1.000 

(25.4) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Figure 2 

Back, Side and Bottom views 

of selector switch operator with 

attached contact blocks. 

CL 2 

CL 

3 

LEGEND PLATE 

1.400 

(35.6) 

BACK 

VIEW 

NOTES: 

1) SELECTOR SWITCH SUB-ASSEMBLY 

MAY BE MOUNTED TO OPERATOR 

SUB-ASSEMBLY AT ANY 22.5° INCREMENT. 

2) SELECTOR SWITCH ASSEMBLY IS FIELD 

CONVERTIBLE FROM TWO-POSITION 

TO THREE-POSITION OR VICE-VERSA. 

45 o 

45 o 

1 

OR 

TRIM RING 

THRUST WASHER 

(ANTI-ROTATION) 

C L 

2 

22.5 o 22.5 o 

CL 1 

45 o 

CL C 

2 

L 

3 

1 45 3 

2 

o 

45 o 45 o 

GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 

2.900 

(73.7) 

2.000 

(50.8) 



NOTE: 





LEGEND PLATE. 

2 

45 o 

1 



0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

1.200 

(38.1) 

SIDE 

VIEW 

BOTTOM 

VIEW 

NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

SELECTOR SWITCH 

SUB-ASSEMBLY 

(KNOB/LEVER) 

Figure 3 

Exploded view of knob or lever 

selector switch operator. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT8GBRV7 

HT8GBGV7 

HT8GBAV7 

HT8GBCV7 

HT8GBWV7 

HT8GBYV7 

HT8GBBV7 

HT800 30 mm Extended Illum. Pushbuttons 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

Clear 

White 

Yellow 

Blue 

Contact 

Configuration 

24 Volt Incandescent 

full Voltage Lamp Price 


Red Lens 


Full Voltage Lamp 



Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The individual 

components are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the individual 

components must be done by the customer. Lens not sold separately. 

Volume 14 


Price 

Operator only HT8GBRV3 HT8GBRV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBRAV3 *HT8GBRAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBRBV3 

Green Lens 

*HT8GBRBV7 

Operator only HT8GBGV3 HT8GBGV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBGAV3 *HT8GBGAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBGBV3 *HT8GBGBV7 

Amber Lens 

Operator only HT8GBAV3 HT8GBAV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBAAV3 *HT8GBAAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBABV3 *HT8GBABV7 

Clear Lens 

Operator only HT8GBCV3 HT8GBCV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBCAV3 *HT8GBCAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBCBV3 *HT8GBCBV7 

White Lens 

Operator only HT8GBWV3 HT8GBWV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBWAV3 *HT8GBWAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBWBV3 *HT8GBWBV7 

Yellow Lens 

Operator only HT8GBYV3 HT8GBYV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBYAV3 *HT8GBYAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBYBV3 *HT8GBYBV7 

Blue Lens 

Operator only HT8GBBV3 HT8GBBV7 

1 N.0. *HT8GBBAV3 *HT8GBBAV7 

1 N.C. *HT8GBBBV3 *HT8GBBBV7 

Spare Incandescent Lamps For HT8 Series 

Spare lamp HT8BULBV3 HT8BULBV7 

See HT800 accessories in this section. 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

0.180 

(4.6) 

Volume 14 

e25-80 


locations 

Figure 1 



inches (mm). 

HT800 30 mm Extended Illum. Pushbuttons 


LIGHT UNIT 



1x22 AWG TO 2x14 AWG 

TERMINAL TORQUE 7in-lbs MAX 


CONTACT BLOCK 






2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 


0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 



1.000 

(25.4) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

Figure 2 




SEALING/SPACER 

GASKETS 

Figure 3 

Exploded view of illuminated pushbutton operator. 

PANEL 

(VARIES) 

PANEL 

1.400 

(35.6) 

BACK 

VIEW 

OPTIONAL 

2 STACKS 

T 

5.150 

(130.8) 



GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 

4.350 

(110.5) 

3.550 

(90.2) 

2.750 

(69.9) 

Note: 


4 TANDEM STACKS OF CONTACT 




MAY BE ADDED. 



TRIM RING 



0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

THRUST WASHER 


NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

1.500 

(38.1) 

SIDE 

VIEW 

BOTTOM 

VIEW 

LEGEND PLATE 

NOTE: 





LEGEND PLATE. 

CLAMP RING 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

LENS CAP/BUTTON 

12 -15 in-lbs 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT8GVRV7 

HT8GVGV7 

HT8GVAV7 

HT8GVCV7 

HT8GVWV7 

HT8GVYV7 

HT8GVBV7 

HT800 30 mm Push-to-Test Indicators 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

Clear 

White 

Yellow 

Blue 

Push-To-Test 


24 Volt AC/DC 

Incandescent Full 

Voltage Lamp 

Price 


Red Lens 

120 Volt AC/DC 


Voltage Lamp 



Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The 

individual components are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the 

individual components must be done by the customer. Lens not sold separately. 

Volume 14 


Price 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVRV3 HT8GVRV7 

Green Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVGV3 HT8GVGV7 

Amber Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVAV3 HT8GVAV7 

Clear Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVCV3 HT8GVCV7 

White Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVWV3 HT8GVWV7 

Yellow Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVYV3 HT8GVYV7 

Blue Lens 

PTT indicator assembly HT8GVBV3 HT8GVBV7 




Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-82 

HT800 30 mm Push-to-Test Indicators 


0.180 

(4.6) 


locations 

2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 

Figure 1 



inches (mm). 


CONTACT BLOCK 







LIGHT UNIT 



1x22 AWG TO 2x14 AWG 

TERMINAL TORQUE 

7in-lbs MAX 


0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 


GASKETS 

Figure 4 

Exploded view of Push-To-Test operator 


TORQUE: 12In-lbs MAX 

"TEST" TERMINAL 

L1 

STOP START 

M 

PUSH-TO-TEST 

OPERATOR 

1.000 

(25.4) 

2.000 

(50.8) 

M 

PANEL 

X2 X1 

COM LINE 

2 

LINE 

3 

TEST 

Figure 3 Typical Connection Diagram 

PANEL 

(VARIES) 

T 

GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 

TRIM RING 

1 

LINE 

4 

TEST 

OL 

BACK 

VIEW 

Jumper 

B 

Jumper 

A 

"LINE" 

TERMINAL 

1.400 

(35.6) 

L2 

2.750 

(69.9) 

FACTORY SUPPLIED 

WIRE JUMPERS 


A B 



0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

THRUST WASHER 


COM 

1X 

2X 

1.500 

(38.1) 

SIDE 

VIEW 

"COM" 

TERMINAL BOTTOM 

Figure 2 

VIEW 

Back, Side and Bottom views 

of Push-To-Test operator 

NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

LEGEND PLATE 

NOTE: 





LEGEND PLATE. 

CLAMP RING 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

LENS CAP/BUTTON 

12 -15 in-lbs 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT8HFRV7 

HT8HFGV7 

HT8HFAV7 

HT8HFCV7 

HT8HFWV7 

HT8HFYV7 

HT8HFBV7 

HT800 30 mm Incandescent Indicators 

Red 

Green 

Amber 

Clear 

White 

Yellow 

Blue 

Incandescent 



Full Voltage Lamp 



Price 

Red Lens 

120 Volt 


Voltage Lamp 


Indicator assembly HT8HFRV3 HT8HFRV7 

Green Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFGV3 HT8HFGV7 

Amber Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFAV3 HT8HFAV7 

Clear Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFCV3 HT8HFCV7 

White Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFWV3 HT8HFWV7 

Yellow Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFYV3 HT8HFYV7 

Blue Lens 

Indicator assembly HT8HFBV3 HT8HFBV7 





Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AUTOMATIONDIRECT. The individual 

components are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the individual 

components must be done by the customer. Lens not sold separately. 

Volume 14 

Price 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-84 

0.180 

(4.6) 


locations 

Figure 1 



inches (mm). 

HT800 30 mm Incandescent Indicators 


2.500 

(63.5) 

1.200 

(30.5) 

Diameter 


HOUSING AND LIGHT 

UNIT SUB-ASSEMBLY 







GASKETS 



0.680 

(17.3) 

2.500 

(63.5) 

Figure 3 

Exploded view of indicating light. 

PANEL 

(VARIES) 

T 

1.680 

(42.7) 

PANEL 

1.300 

(33.0) 

BACK 

VIEW 

LIGHT UNIT 

ASSEMBLY 

Figure 2 

Back, Side and bottom views of 

indicating light with attached 

light unit assembly 

GAGE 

THICKNESS 

14-16 

10-13 

7-9 

5-6 

2-4 



0.060 - 0.075 (1.52-1.91) 

0.090 - 0.135 (2.27-3.43) 

0.150 - 0.179 (3.81-4.55) 

0.194 - 0.210 (4.93-5.33) 

0.224 - 0.315 (5.67-8.00) 

OR 

THRUST WASHER 


1.670 

(42.4) 

NUMBER OF 

GASKETS 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

LEGEND PLATE 

SIDE 

VIEW 

BOTTOM 

VIEW 

TRIM RING 

NOTE: 


IF A LEGEND PLATE IS USED. 

DO NOT USE BOTH THE TRIM 

PLATE AND A LEGEND PLATE. 

CLAMP RING 

3.5 ft-lbs 

MAX 

LENS SEAL 


LENS CAP 

NOTE: 

TIGHTEN SO THAT 

LENS CAP SITS FLUSH 

ON CLAMP RING 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

HT8GDGV3 

HT8GDAV3 

HT8GDCV3 

HT8GDWV3 

HT8GDYV3 

HT8GDBV3 

Volume 13 

HT800 30 mm Guarded Flush Pushbuttons 

Red 

Contact 

Configuration 

24 Volt AC/DC 

Incandescent 

Full Voltage 

Lamp 50mA @ 

24 Volts 


Price 

120 Volt AC/DC 

Incandescent 

Full Voltage 

Lamp 



Price 


Full Voltage 

Lamp 

Price 


Full Voltage 

Lamp 

HT8GDRV3 

Red Lens 

Operator only HT8GDRV3 HT8GDRV7 HT8GDRF3 HT8GDRF7 

Green 1 N.0. *HT8GDRAV3 *HT8GDRAV7 *HT8GDRAF3 HT8GDRAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDRBV3 *HT8GDRBV7 *HT8GDRBF3 HT8GDRBF7 

Amber 

Clear 

White 

Yellow 

Blue 

Green Lens 

Operator only HT8GDGV3 HT8GDGV7 HT8GDGF3 HT8GDGF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDGAV3 *HT8GDGAV7 *HT8GDGAF3 HT8GDGAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDGBV3 *HT8GDGBV7 *HT8GDGBF3 HT8GDGBF7 

Amber Lens 

Operator only HT8GDAV3 HT8GDAV7 HT8GDAF3 HT8GDAF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDAAV3 *HT8GDAAV7 *HT8GDAAF3 *HT8GDAAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDABV3 *HT8GDABV7 *HT8GDABF3 *HT8GDABF7 

Clear Lens 

Operator only HT8GDCV3 HT8GDCV7 HT8GDCF3 HT8GDCF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDCAV3 *HT8GDCAV7 *HT8GDCAF3 *HT8GDCAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDCBV3 *HT8GDCBV7 *HT8GDCBF3 *HT8GDCBF7 

White Lens 

Operator only HT8GDWV3 HT8GDWV7 HT8GDWF3 HT8GDWF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDWAV3 *HT8GDWAV7 *HT8GDWAF3 *HT8GDWAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDWBV3 *HT8GDWBV7 *HT8GDWBF3 *HT8GDWBF7 

Yellow Lens 

Operator only HT8GDYV3 HT8GDYV7 HT8GDYF3 HT8GDYF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDYAV3 *HT8GDYAV7 *HT8GDYAF3 *HT8GDYAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDYBV3 *HT8GDYBV7 *HT8GDYBF3 *HT8GDYBF7 

Blue Lens 

Operator only HT8GDBV3 HT8GDBV7 HT8GDBF3 HT8GDBF7 

1 N.0. *HT8GDBAV3 *HT8GDBAV7 *HT8GDBAF3 *HT8GDBAF7 

1 N.C. *HT8GDBBV3 *HT8GDBBV7 *HT8GDBBF3 *HT8GDBBF7 

Spare Incandescent and LED Lamps For HT8 Series - starting prices 

Volume 14 

Price 

HT8BULBV3 HT8BULBV7 HT8LED**F3 HT8LED**F7 

30mm Guard for Illuminated Pushbuttons 

HT8A15 


* Part numbers with an * are kitted from individual components at AutomationDirect. The individual components 

are picked and shipped in the same shipping box. Final assembly of the individual components must be done 

by the customer. Lens not sold separately. 

**Insert letter of color bulb needed; for example, HT8LEDYF3 is the part number for a yellow 24 volt LED 

replacement bulb. See the accessories page at the end of this section for the complete listing of LED replacement 

bulbs. 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-86 

0 . 1 8 0 

( 4 . 6 ) 

HT800 30 mm Guarded Flush Pushbuttons 

O p t i o n a l n o t c h 

l o c a t i o n s 

F i g u r e 1 

M o u n t i n g m a t r i x a n d m i n i m u m 

p a n e l s p a c i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s i n 

i n c h e s ( m m ) . 

P u b . N o . 4 9 8 9 1 

R E V B E C R P B # 1 0 1 9 3 

2 . 5 0 0 

( 6 3 . 5 ) 

1 . 2 0 0 

( 3 0 . 5 ) 

D i a m e t e r 

Guard dimensions 



L I G H T U N I T 

# 6 - 3 2 P O S I - D R I V E 

S A D D L E C L A M P T Y P E 

1 x 2 2 A W G T O 2 x 1 4 A W G 

T E R M I N A L T O R Q U E 7 i n - l b s M A X 

C O P P E R W I R E O N L Y 

C O N T A C T B L O C K 

# 6 - 3 2 P O S I - D R I V E 

S A D D L E C L A M P T Y P E 

1 x 1 6 A W G T O 2 x 1 4 A W G 

T E R M I N A L T O R Q U E 1 2 i n - l b s M A X 

C O P P E R W I R E O N L Y 

0 . 6 8 0 

( 1 7 . 3 ) 

2 . 5 0 0 

( 6 3 . 5 ) 

O P E R A T O R S U B - A S S E M B L Y 

W I T H C O N T A C T B L O C K S 

S E A L I N G / S P A C E R 

G A S K E T S 

( C A T . N O . H T 8 X 3 ) 

1 . 0 0 0 

( 2 5 . 4 ) 

2 . 0 0 0 

( 5 0 . 8 ) 

F i g u r e 2 

B a c k , S i d e a n d B o t t o m 

v i e w s o f i l l u m i n a t e d 

p u s h b u t t o n o p e r a t o r w i t h 

a t t a c h e d c o n t a c t b l o c k s . 

P A N E L 

( V A R I E S ) 

T 

P A N E L 

F i g u r e 3 

E x p l o d e d v i e w o f i l l u m i n a t e d p u s h b u t t o n o p e r a t o r . 

N O T E : 

F O R E A S Y B U L B R E M O V A L F R O M 

F R O N T O F P A N E L , U S E B U L B R E M O V A L 

T O O L , C A T . N O . H T 8 L A M P T O O L 

dia. 34.00 

dia. 30.10 

dia. 28.00 

34.50 

B A C K 

V I E W 

1 . 4 0 0 

( 3 5 . 6 ) 

O P T I O N A L 

2 S T A C K S 

5 . 1 5 0 

( 1 3 0 . 8 ) 

S T A C K I N G S C R E W 

T O R Q U E : 1 2 i n - l b s M A X 

G A G E 

T H I C K N E S S 

1 4 - 1 6 

1 0 - 1 3 

7 - 9 

5 - 6 

2 - 4 

T R I M R I N G 

( C A T . N O . H T 8 X 2 ) 

T H R U S T W A S H E R 

( A N T I - R O T A T I O N ) 

( C A T . N O . H T 8 X 1 ) 

N O T E : 

F O R C L A M P R I N G 

W R E N C H , O R D E R 

C A T . N O . H T 8 W R E N C H 

dia. 34.00 

4 . 3 5 0 

( 1 1 0 . 5 ) 

3 . 5 5 0 

( 9 0 . 2 ) 

2 . 7 5 0 

( 6 9 . 9 ) 

N O T E : 

R E C O M M E N D E D M A X I M U M O F 

4 T A N D E M S T A C K S O F C O N T A C T 

B L O C K S B E H I N D O P E R A T O R . 

A T U S E R ’ S D I S C R E T I O N , T W O 

A D D I T I O N A L T A N D E M S T A C K S 

M A Y B E A D D E D . 

R E C O M M E N D E D 4 S T A C K S 

( 8 C O N T A C T B L O C K S T O T A L ) 

O R 

T 

P A N E L T H I C K N E S S 

I N C H E S ( m m ) 

0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 0 7 5 ( 1 . 5 2 - 1 . 9 1 ) 

0 . 0 9 0 - 0 . 1 3 5 ( 2 . 2 7 - 3 . 4 3 ) 

0 . 1 5 0 - 0 . 1 7 9 ( 3 . 8 1 - 4 . 5 5 ) 

0 . 1 9 4 - 0 . 2 1 0 ( 4 . 9 3 - 5 . 3 3 ) 

0 . 2 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 5 ( 5 . 6 7 - 8 . 0 0 ) 

6.4 

Dimensions in millimeters 

1 . 5 0 0 

( 3 8 . 1 ) 

S I D E 

V I E W 

B O T T O M 

V I E W 

L E G E N D P L A T E 

N O T E : 

D I S C A R D T H E T R I M R I N G 

I F A L E G E N D P L A T E I S 

U S E D . D O N O T U S E B O T H 

T H E T R I M R I N G A N D A 

L E G E N D P L A T E . 

I L L U M I N A T E D 

P U S H B U T T O N 

G U A R D 

( C A T N O . H T 8 A 1 5 ) 

N O T E : 

I N S T A L L L E N S C A P 

P R I O R T O G U A R D 

3 . 5 f t - l b s 

M A X 

O R 

n 

1 2 - 1 5 i n - l b s . 

N U M B E R O F 

G A S K E T S 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

C L A M P R I N G 

L E N S C A P / 

B U T T O N 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Contact blocks 

HT8A 

HT8B 

HT800 30 mm Contact Blocks & Accessories 

Spare parts and tools 

HT8WRENCH HT8LAMPTOOL 

HT8 Series Contact Blocks 

Part Number Description Price 

HT8A 

HT8B 

HT8C 

HT8D 

HT8E 

Normally open contact block for HT8 series switches. 

NEMA Rated A600, P600 1 

Normally closed contact block for HT8 series switches. 

NEMA Rated A600, P600 1 

Early closing normally open contact block for HT8 series switches. 

NEMA Rated A600 1 

Late opening normally closed contact block for HT8 series switches. 

NEMA Rated A600 1 

Logic level normally open contact block for HT8 series switches. 

Gold plated contacts for reliable low energy switching. 

Power Rating: Min 1mA @ 5V; Max 500mA 28V. 

Notes: 

1. See HT800 specifications in this section for typical contact wiring diagram. 

2. NEMA ICS 5-2000. For more information, refer to HT800 technical specifications and control circuit contact 

electrical ratings at the beginning of this section. 

109305 

HT8 Series Spare Parts and Tools 

HT8BULBV3 HT8LEDYF3 


HT8WRENCH Installation wrench for Cutler-Hammer HT8 series and E22 series pushbuttons, switches, and indicators 

HT8LAMPTOOL Bulb extraction tool for removing bulbs from switches, indicators and stacklights 

109305 Knockout punch hole cutting tool for 30.5 mm mounting hole. Includes punch, die and draw stud 

HT8X1 Spare anti-rotation ring for HT8 series. Included with each HT8 device. (not shown) 

HT8X2 Spare trim ring for HT8 series. Included with each HT8 device. (not shown) 

HT8X3 Spare sealing/spacing ring for HT8 series. Included with each HT8 device. (not shown) 

HT8GR1 Spare grounding kit for HT8 series devices except non-PTT indicators. Included with each HT8 device. (not shown) 

HT8GR2 Spare grounding kit for HT8 series non-PTT indicators. Included with each HT8 device. (not shown) 

HT8BULBV3 24 volt incandescent bulb for HT8 illuminated devices. This is an extended bulb for enhanced illumination with HT8 devices. 50mA at 24 volts. 

HT8BULBV7 120 volt incandescent bulb for HT8 illuminated devices. This is an extended bulb for enhanced illumination with HT8 devices. 19mA at 120 volts. 

HT8LEDRF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Red 

HT8LEDYF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Yellow 

HT8LEDGF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Green 

HT8LEDBF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Blue 

HT8LEDWF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: White 

HT8LEDAF3 24 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Amber 

HT8LEDRF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Red 

HT8LEDYF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Yellow 

HT8LEDGF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Green 

HT8LEDBF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Blue 

HT8LEDWF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: White 

HT8LEDAF7 120 volt replacement LED bulb for HT800 30mm pushbuttons. Color: Amber 

NOTE: LED modules have very low current draw and should not be used with triac output devices like PLC triac output modules. 


 

 

 

 

 

Volume 14 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-88 

30 mm Legend Plates 

For Pushbutton Operators and 

Indicating Lights 

Legend 

Color of 

Field 

Catalog 

Number 


Price 

Clamp Black HT8SP90 

Close Black HT8SP73 

Down Black HT8SP74 

Emergency 

Stop 

Red HT8SP13 

Fast Black HT8SP75 

Faster Black HT8SP87 

Feeder On Black HT8SP94 

Feeder Off Black HT8SP95 

Forward Black HT8SP15 

High Black HT8SP16 

In Black HT8SP17 

Inch Black HT8SP18 

Jog Black HT8SP19 

Jog 

Forward 

Black HT8SP20 

Jog 

Reverse 


Low Black HT8SP22 

Lower Black HT8SP23 

Lube-fail Black HT8SP92 

Motor Run Black HT8SP81 

Motor Stop Black HT8SP82 

Off Red HT8SP24 

On Black HT8SP25 

Open Black HT8SP26 

Out Black HT8SP27 

Power On Black HT8SP80 

Raise Black HT8SP28 

Ready Black HT8SP86 

Reset Black HT8SP29 

Reverse Black HT8SP30 

Run Black HT8SP31 

Safe Black HT8SP85 

Slow Black HT8SP32 

Slower Black HT8SP88 

Start Black HT8SP33 

Stop Red HT8SP34 

Test Black HT8SP83 

Transfer Black HT8SP93 

Trip Black HT8SP84 

Unclamp Black HT8SP91 

Up Black HT8SP35 

*Note: Dimensions: 1.77” (45mm) x1.77” (45mm) 

For Selector Switch Operators/ 

Two-Position 

Legend 

Color of 

Field 

Catalog 

Number 

NOTE: All 30 mm legend plates are plastic. 

Price 

Forward 

Reverse 


Hand Auto Black HT8SP39 

High Low Black HT8SP40 

Jog Run Black HT8SP41 

Manual 

Auto 


Off On Black HT8SP42 

Open 

Close 


Run Jog Black HT8SP44 

Safe Run Black HT8SP45 

Start Jog Black HT8SP46 

Start Stop Black HT8SP47 

Up Down Black HT8SP48 

Legend 

3/32” 

lettering 

For PUSH/PULL Units 

Color of 

Field 

Catalog 

Number Price 

ON/OFF Black HT8PP5 

OPEN/CLOSE Black HT8PP8 

UP/DOWN Black HT8PP11 

For Selector Switch Operators/ 

Three-Position 

Legend 

Auto Off 

Hand 

For. Off 

Rev 

For. Safe 

Rev. 

Hand Off 

Auto 

Man. Off 

Auto 

Open Off 

Close 

Run Safe 

Jog 

Up Off 

Down 

On Stop 

Safe 

Square Blank Plastic Legend Plates 

Lettering 

Color of 

Field 

Color of 

Field 

Catalog 

Number 

Catalog 

Number 

Price 










Price 

Black White/Silver HT8SP76 

White Red/Black HT8SP77 

Legend 

Round Plastic Legend Plates 

Color of 

Field 

Catalog 

Number 

Price 

ESTOP Yellow HT8RP79 

NOTE: 70 mm / 2-3/4” diameter 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Fuji Command 30 mm Metal Pushbutton 

with 65 mm Mushroom-style Actuator 


These pushbuttons are supplied with the appropriate contact blocks, unless otherwise indicated. 

Use these drawings as a guide to make sure there is adequate clearance behind the panel. 

Insert the switch unit in the panel hole at the back of the panel and secure it with a locking nut 

at the panel front. 

Panel holes 

For safe operation, use these mounting hole drawings to 

ensure that there is adequate space between switches. 

Note: Location hole 4.8mm x 33mm is for use with a key washer 

or legend plate. 

33 mm 

0 

Panel 

Locking nut 

Ring packing 

Fig.1 

φ30.5 mm 

0 


4.8 0 mm 

r max 0.8mm 

These specifications apply to all Fuji 30 mm Command pushbuttons. 

Standards 

Reference 


UL 508, CSA C22.2, No.14, TUV - EN60947-5-1 

Approvals UL file E44592, CSA file LR20479 

Enclosure Material Polyamide 

Contacts Material Silver, nickel 

Switch unit 

Button 

80 mm 

Protection Degree IEC IP65 

Temperature Storage: -40°C to 80°C (-40°F to 176°F) 

Ratings 

Operating: -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F) 

Working Positions All working positions are allowed. 

Mechanical Life 5 million operations 

Positive Opening All functions incorporating an N.C. contact are 

Operation 

positive-opening operation. 

Fig.2 

80 mm 

Terminal 

cover 

Volume 14 


44 

37 

1 107.3 

87.3 

Terminal screw M3.5 

Dimensions are in millimeters. 


67.3 

47.3 

27.3 

NOTE: Contact blocks can be arranged 

up to four deep by two wide. 

Packing 

4 3 

Normally Open 

2 1 



Rated Thermal 

A600 


27.6 

Nut 

Panel thickness 

1 to 6 


P600 

600V AC/DC 

Dielectric Strength 2,500VAC, 1 minute 

Insulation Resistance 100M Ω or more 

Initial Contact Resistance � 50m Ω 

Short-Circuit Protection* Fuse (rated current 15A). 

Terminal Markings IEC 60445 

Connections 

AWG 18 to AWG 14; Stripping length: 9mm to 11mm 

Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.0 Nm, 7.1 in-lb to 8.8 in-lb 

Contacts Operation Self-cleaning types. Slow action. Positive opening. 

Operation Frequency 1,200 cycle/hour (Application ratio 40%) 


AC-15: 24VAC at 6A, 110VAC at 6A 

DC-13: 24VDC at 4A, 110VDC at 1.3A 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index 

AR30B0 

41sq. 

ø65

Fuji Command 30 mm Metal Pushbutton 

with 65 mm Mushroom-style Actuator 

Non-Illuminated metal 

mushroom-style pushbuttons 

These pushbuttons feature large 65 mm diameter 

plastic actuator and mount in standard 30.5 mm 

hole. All pushbuttons include operator, support 

base and contact block(s). 


block AR9B290 (Blue, N.O.) or AR9B291 

(Red, N.C.), sold separately in packages of one. 

Volume 14 

e25-90 

Part Number Color Price Metal Mushroom-style Pushbuttons Description 

AR30B0R-10G Green 

AR30B0R-10B Black 

AR30B0R-10Y Yellow 

AR30B0R-01R Red 

AR30B0R-11G Green 

AR30B0R-11B Black 

AR30B0R-11Y Yellow 

AR30B0R-11R Red 

Dimensions 

mm [inches] 

Contact blocks for Fuji Command 

30 mm pushbuttons series 



30 mm metal momentary pushbutton, non- illuminated 65 mm plastic mushroom actuator, 







One N.C. contact block 


One N.O. contact block, One N.C. contact block 







AR9B290 Blue N.O. contact block for Fuji 30 mm pushbuttons. 1/pk. 

AR9B291 Red N.C. contact block for Fuji 30 mm pushbuttons. 1/pk. 

Dimensions 

mm [inches] 

AR30B0R-10G 

AR9B290 and AR9B291 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK Hazardous Location Controls FXCS 

Series Factory Sealed Controls Overview 

Applications, Features, Listings, and Electrical Ratings 

Applications 

Factory sealed pushbutton stations, selector 

switches and pilot lights are used to prevent 

the igniting of external hazardous atmospheres 

by the enclosed arcing devices in 

such areas as: 

• Hazardous locations due to the presence of 

flammable gases or vapors, combustible 

dusts or easily ignitable fibers or flyings 

• Installations at petroleum refineries, 

chemical and petrochemical plants and 

other processing or storage facilities where 

similar hazards exist 

• Use in conjunction with magnetic starters 

or contactors for remote control of motors 

Contact Specifications 

All contacts are break before make. 

Replacement contacts are not availble for any 

of our Killark hazardous duty controls. 

AC Ratings 

Current 120 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC 600 VAC 

Inrush 60 30 15 12 

Breaking 6 3 1.5 1.2 

Carrying 10 10 10 10 

DC Ratings (Max. Amps) 

Current 125 VDC 250 VDC 

Inrush 0.55 0.275 

Breaking 0.55 0.275 

Carrying 2.50 2.5 

Listings 

• UL Listed; File E53360 

• Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C, D 

• Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F, G 

• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 

• CSA Certified; File LR11714 

• Class I, Zones 1 & 2, Groups llB, llA 

FXCS Specifications 

Dielectric Strength 2.5 kV (1 minute) 

Electrical Endurance 5 million operations at rated load 

Operating Frequency 3,000 per hour 

Mechanical Endurance 

Momentary: 5 x 106 Push-pull and selector: 2 x 106 LED Consumption 4-6 mA at 110 to 130 VAC/VDC 

Wire Leads 6.5 inches, 18 AWG 

Operating Temperature -4° to 104°F (-20° to 40°C) 

Device Bodies and Covers 

Materials 

Copper-free Aluminum 

Cover Bolts Material 1/4-20 x 1.10 inch Stainless Steel 

Cover Tightening 

Features 

• Eliminates external sealing 

requirements 

• Lower installation cost 

• NEMA 3 weatherproof 

• Color coded wiring 

• More wiring space for easier field 

installation 

• Stainless steel captive screws for 

cover assembly 

• Ground boss for grounding in the 

splice box 

• Cast conduit hubs 1/2", 3/4" and 1" either 

dead end or feed through standard in both 

single and two-gang assemblies 

• Pushbutton, selector switches and pilot 

light bodies are copper-free aluminum 

• Operating shaft in both pushbuttons and 

selector switches are stainless steel 

• Miniature and standard size pushbuttons. 

(miniature 3/4" overall diameter, standard 

1 3/8" overall diameter) 

Factory sealed devices eliminate the need 

for external sealing. The difference is the 

use of a sealing plate between the arcing 

device and the junction box. The sealing 

plate confines ignited gases, vapors, 

flames, or dust to the arcing device 

chamber, preventing them from traveling 

through the conduit system. Accurately 

ground flanges on both sides of the sealing 

plate provide flame-tight joints. Factory 

poured seals around the wiring pigtails 

ensure safe sealing. 

After tightly attaching cover to device box, check with a 

0.0015 inch feeler gauge; it shoud enter gap more than 

1/8 inch. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

KILLARK FXB Series Factory Sealed 

Splice/Device Boxes for FXCS Series 

Cover Assemblies 

Volume 14 

e25-92 

FXB-2 

Dead End 

Features 

Splice Boxes 

The FXB series of splice boxes are designed 

for use with the FXCS series cover subassemblies. 


FXB-5 

Feed Through 

FXB-8 

Double Gang Dead End 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



FXB Splice/Device Box Selection and Dimensions 

Part Number Price Description Hub Size (inches) 

FXB-1 Single gang / Dead-end 1/2 

FXB-2 Single gang / Dead-end 3/4 

FXB-3 Single gang / Dead-end 1 

FXB-4 Single gang / Feed-through 1/2 

FXB-5 Single gang / Feed-through 3/4 

FXB-6 Single gang / Feed-through 1 

FXB-7 Double gang / Dead-end 1/2 

FXB-8 Double gang / Dead-end 3/4 

FXB-9 Double gang / Dead-end 1 

FXB-10 Double gang / Feed-through 1/2 

FXB-11 Double gang / Feed-through 3/4 

FXB-12 Double gang / Feed-through 1 

FXB-11 

Double Gang Feed Through 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK FXCS Series Factory Sealed 

Control Station Cover Assemblies 

Single 

Pushbutton 

Part Number (Includes 

cover with device) 

FXCS Momentary Contact Single Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram Pushbutton Color 

Features 

These pushbutton assemblies include the 

cover and the pushbutton device. An FXB 

splice/device box is required. 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Legend Plate 

Marking* 

FXCS-0B1 1 N.O. momentary operator Green “START” 

FXCS-0B2 1 N.C. momentary operator Red “STOP” 

FXCS-0B3 



FXCS-0B4 

FXCS-0B4U 

FXCS-0B5 

FXCS-0B7 



Double 


1 N.O. / 1 N.C. momentary 

operator 

FXCS Momentary Contact Double Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram Button Color 

Green operator has 1 N.O. momentary 

contact and red operator has 1 

N.C. momentary contact 

Each operator has 1 N.O. and 1 


Each operator has 1 N.O. momentary 

contact 



FXCS Pilot Light 

Pilot Light 

Black Blank plate 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

Green / Red “START STOP” 

Green / Red “START STOP” 

Green / Green “START START” 

Black / Black Two blank plates 

Price Description Diagram LED Voltage Lens Color 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

FXCS-0B24ALD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Amber Blank plate 

FXCS-0B24CLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Clear Blank plate 

FXCS-0B24GLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Green Blank plate 

FXCS-0B24RLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Red Blank plate 

* We also offer a large selection of optional legend plates. See accessories later in this section. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index


Control Station Cover Assemblies 



Volume 14 

e25-94 

Double Pilot 

LIght 


FXCS Double Pilot Light 

Listings 

Price Description Diagram LED Voltage Lens Colors 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Legend Plate 

Marking* 

FXCS-0B30ALD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Amber / Amber Two blank plates 

FXCS-0B30CLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Clear / Clear Two blank plates 

FXCS-0B30GLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Green / Green Two blank plates 

FXCS-0B30RLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Red / Red Two blank plates 

FXCS-0B30RLD-GLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Red / Green Two blank plates 



FXCS-0B13-CD 

FXCS-0B13-OD 

FXCS-0B13-UD 



FXCS-0A15D 



FXCS-0MMG3 

FXCS-0MMR3 

FXCS-0MMK3 

Pilot Light / 


Pilot Light / Two 

Mini Pushbutton 

FXCS Momentary Contact Pushbutton and Pilot Light 

Price Description Diagram LED Voltage Pushbutton 

Color 

1 N.C. momentary operator and 

pilot light 

1 N.O. momentary operator and 

pilot light 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C. momentary operator 

and pilot light 

Lens Color 

110 VAC/VDC Red Clear 

110 VAC/VDC Green Red 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

Pushbutton: “STOP” 

Pilot light: Blank plate 

Pushbutton: “START” 


110 VAC/VDC Black Red Two blank plates 

FXCS Two Mini Momentary Contact Pushbuttons and Pilot Light 


Colors 

Mini red operator with 1 N.C. momentary 

contact and mini green operator with 1 

N.O. momentary contact, and pilot light 

Lens 

Color 

110 VAC/VDC Green Red Red 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

N.O. Pushbutton: “START” 

N.C. Pushbutton: “STOP” 


FXCS Maintained Contact Push-Pull Mushroom Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram 


Color 

Legend Plate Marking* 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C. push-pull 

maintained 


maintained 


maintained 

Maintained 



Green 

Red 

Black 

Three 2-sided legend plates included: “START / STOP”; 

“EMERGENCY STOP / RESET”; Blank plate / “RESET” 





1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Control Station Cover Assemblies and 






Listings 

FXCS Two-Position Maintained Contact Selector Switches 

Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 

Right Position 

Left Contact 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 




Right Contact 

Knob Color 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

FXCS-0S2A1 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. Black “OFF ON”” 

FXCS-0S2A5 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. Black “OFF ON”” 



FXCS Two-Position Key-Operated Maintained Contact Selector Switches 


FXCS-0K2A1A 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. 

FXCS-0K2A5A 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. 




Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 


Left Contact 


Right Contact 

FXCS Three-Position Maintained Contact Selector Switches 

Left 

Position 

Left Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left Contact 

Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left Contact 

Volume 14 


Key 

Key may be removed 

in all positions 



Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

FXCS-0S3C4 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. Black 

FXCS-0S3C5 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. Black 



FXCS Three-Position Key-Operated Maintained Contact Selector Switches 

Left 

Price Description Position 

Left Contact 

FXCS-0K3C4A 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. 

FXCS-0K3C5A 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. 

Key-Operated 


Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left Contact 


Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left Contact 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Knob 

Color 

Key 

Key may be 

removed in 

all positions 

Key may be 

removed in 

all positions 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

“OFF ON” 

“OFF ON” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-96 


Control Station Cover Assemblies and 

Selector Switches - Continued 



FXCS-0S2L3F 



FXCS-0K2L3F22A 



FXCS-0S3M6G 

FXCS-0S3L6G 

FXCS-0S3R6G 

Part Number 

(Includes cover with 

device) 

Selector Switch Key-Operated 




FXCS Two-Position Spring Return Selector Switch 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C., 

spring return from 

right 

Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 


Left Contact 


Right Contact 

FXCS Two-Position Key-Operated Spring Return Selector Switches 


1 N.O. / 1 N.C., 

spring return from 

right 


2 N.O., spring return 

to center from left or 

right 


to center from right, 

maintained in center 

and left 


to center from left, 


and right 

Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 


Left Contact 

FXCS Three-Position Spring Return Selector Switches 

Left 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 


Right Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

FXCS Three-Position Key-Operated Spring Return Selector Switches 


Left 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

FXCS-0K3M6G32A 


to center from left or 

right 


FXCS-0K3L6G32A 

to center from right, 


and left 


FXCS-0K3R6G32A 

to center from left, 


and right 


Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

“OFF” / “ON”” 

Key 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

Key may be 

removed in left “OFF” / “ON”” 

position only 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Knob 

Color 

Key 

Black 

Black 

Black 

Key may be 

removed in center 

position only 

Key may be 


position only 

Key may be 


position only 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK SWB/XCS Series Control Stations 

Overview - External Sealing Required 

Applications 

• Hazardous locations due to the presence of flammable gases or 

vapors, combustible dusts or easily ignitable fibers or flyings 

• Installations at petroleum refineries, chemical and petrochemical 

plants and other processing or storage facilities where similar 

hazards exist 

• Use in conjunction with magnetic starters or contactors for remote 

control of motors 

Features 

• Device bodies and covers are cast copper-free Aluminum alloy 

and provide a wide assortment for custom assemblies 

• Cast conduit hubs, 3/4", either dead end or feed through standard 

in both single and two-gang device bodies 

• Ground flange joint between bolted cover and box provide 

required flame path 

• Pushbutton, selector switches and pilot light bodies are copperfree 

aluminum 

• Operating shaft in both pushbuttons and selector switches are 

stainless steel 

• Open space between gangs for easy wiring from one cover to 

another 

• Miniature and standard size pushbuttons. (miniature 3/4" overall 

diameter, standard 1 3/8" overall diameter) 

• Internal ground screw 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Contact Specifications 

All contacts are break before make. 

Replacement contacts are not availble for any 

of our Killark hazardous duty controls. 

AC Ratings 

Current 120 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC 600 VAC 

Inrush 60 30 15 12 

Breaking 6 3 1.5 1.2 

Carrying 10 10 10 10 

DC Ratings (Max. Amps) 

Current 125 VDC 250 VDC 

Inrush 0.55 0.275 

Breaking 0.55 0.275 

Carrying 2.50 2.5 

XCS Specifications 

Dielectric Strength 2.5 kV (1 minute) 

Electrical Endurance 5 million operations at rated load 

Operating Frequency 3,000 per hour 

Mechanical Endurance 

Momentary: 5 x 106 Push-pull and selector: 2 x 106 LED Consumption 4-6 mA at 110 to 130 VAC/VDC 

Electrical Connections 14 to 20 AWG max., solid or stranded 

Terminal Torque 1.8 Nm (15.75 in-lbs) 

Lamp Connections 9 inch leads, 18 AWG 

Operating Temperature -4° to 104°F (-20° to 40°C) 

Device Bodies and 

Covers Materials 

Copper-free Aluminum 

Cover Bolts Material 1/4-20 x 7/8 inch Stainless Steel 

Bolt Tightening Torque 

After tightly attaching cover to device box, check with a 

0.0015 inch feeler gauge; it shoud enter gap more than 

1/8 inch. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

KILLARK SWB Series Splice/Device Boxes 

For Use With XCS Cover Assemblies 

Part Number Price 

SWB Device Bodies 

Description Hub Size (inches) 

SWB-2 Single gang / Dead-end 3/4 

SWB-5 Single gang / Feed-through 3/4 

SWB-8 Double gang / Dead-end 3/4 

SWB-11 Double gang / Feed-through 3/4 

SWB-42 Single gang / Dead-end / Deep style 3/4 

SWB-45 Single gang / Feed-through / Deep style 3/4 

Volume 14 

e25-98 

SWB-2 SWB-5 SWB-8 

SWB-11 


SWB-42 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK XCS Series Cover Assemblies 

and Control Stations - Pushbuttons 

Pushbuttons and Pushbutton/Pilot Light Assemblies 

Single 




XCS Momentary Contact Single Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram Pushbutton Color 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Nameplate 

Marking* 

XCS-0B1 1 N.O. momentary Green “START” 

XCS-0B2 1 N.C. momentary Red “STOP” 

XCS-0B3 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. momentary Black Blank plate 



XCS-0B4 

XCS-0B4-U 

XCS-0B5 

XCS-0B7 



XCS-0MMG3 

XCS-0MMR3 

XCS-0MMK3 

Double 


XCS Momentary Contact Double Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram Pushbutton Colors 

Green operator has 1 N.O. momentary 

contact and red operator has 1 




Each operator has 1 N.O. momentary 

contact 



Legend Plate 

Marking* 

Green Red “START STOP” 

Green Red “START STOP” 

Green Green “START START” 

Black Black Two blank plates 

XCS Maintained Contact Push-Pull Mushroom Pushbutton 

Price Description Diagram Pushbutton Color Legend Plate Marking* 


maintained 


maintained 


maintained 

Push-Pull Mushroom 

Maintained Pushbutton 


Volume 14 


Green 

Red 

Black 

Three 2-sided legend plates included: “STOP / STOP”; 






Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-100 

KILLARK XCS Series Control Station Cover 

Assemblies - Pilot Lights 

Pilot LIght Double Pilot Pilot Light / 






XCS Pilot Light 

Listings 

Price Description Diagram LED Voltage Lens Color 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Legend Plate 

Marking 

XCS-0B24ALD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Amber Blank plate 

XCS-0B24CLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Clear Blank plate 

XCS-0B24GLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Green Blank plate 

XCS-0B24RLD Single pilot light 110 VAC/VDC Red Blank plate 



XCS Double Pilot Light 

Price Description Diagram LED Voltage Lens Colors 

Legend Plate 

Marking 

XCS-0B30ALD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Amber Amber Two blank plates 

XCS-0B30CLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Clear Clear Two blank plates 

XCS-0B30GLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Green Green Two blank plates 

XCS-0B30RLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Red Red Two blank plates 

XCS-0B30RLD-GLD Two pilot lights 110 VAC/VDC Red Green Two blank plates 



XCS-0B13-CD 

XCS-0B13-OD 

XCS-0B13-UD 



XCS-0A15D 

XCS Momentary Contact Pushbutton and Pilot Light 


Color 

1 N.C. momentary operator and 

pilot light 

1 N.O. momentary operator and 

pilot light 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C. momentary and 

pilot light 

Lens Color 

110 VAC/VDC Red Clear 

110 VAC/VDC Green Red 

Legend Plate 

Marking 

Pushbutton: “STOP” 


Pushbutton: “START” 


110 VAC/VDC Black Red Two blank plates 

XCS Two Mini Momentary Contact Pushbuttons and Pilot Light 

Price Description Diagram 


Voltage Pushbutton 

Colors 

Lens Color 

Mini red operator with 1 N.C. momentary 

contact and mini green operator with 1 

N.O. momentary contact, and pilot light 

Pilot Light / 

Two Mini Pushbutton 


110 VAC/VDC Green Red Red 

Legend Plate 

Marking 

N.O. Pushbutton: “START” 

N.C. Pushbutton: “STOP” 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


and Control Stations - Selector Switches 




Listings 

XCS Two-Position Maintained Contact Selector Switches 

Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 


Left Contact 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 




Right Contact 

Knob Color Legend Plate 

Marking* 

XCS-0S2A1 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. Black “OFF ON” 

XCS-0S2A5 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. Black “OFF ON” 



XCS Two-Position Key-Operated Maintained Contact Selector Switches 


XCS-0K2A1A 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. 

XCS-0K2A5A 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. 

Part Number 

(Includes cover with 

device) 


Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 


Left Contact 


Right Contact 

XCS Three-Position Maintained Contact Selector Switches 

Left 

Position 

Left Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left Contact 

Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left Contact 

Key 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 



“OFF ON” 



“OFF ON” 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

XCS-0S3C4 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. Black 

XCS-0S3C5 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. Black 

Part Number 

(Includes cover 

with device) 


XCS Three-Position Key-Operated Maintained Contact Selector Switches 


XCS-0K3C4A 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. 

XCS-0K3C5A 2 N.O. / 2 N.C. 

Left 

Position 

Left Contact 

Key-Operated 


Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Left Contact 


Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left Contact 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Volume 14 


Knob 

Color 

Key 

Key may be 

removed in all 

positions 

Key may be 

removed in all 

positions 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-102 


and Control Stations - Selector Switches 



XCS-0S2L3F 

Part Number 


with device) 

XCS-0S3M6G 

XCS-0S3L6G 

XCS-0S3R6G 





XCS Two-Position Spring Return Selector Switch 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C., spring return 

from right; requires SWB series 

deep style splice/device box 

2 N.O., spring return to center from 

left and right; requires SWB series 



right, maintained in center and left; 

requires SWB series deep style 

splice/device box 


left, maintained in center and right; 



Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 

Listings 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 




Left Contact 

XCS Three-Position Spring Return Selector Switches 

Left 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 


Center 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left 

Contact 


Right Contact 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

Knob 

Color 

Black 

Black 

Black 

“OFF ON” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


and Control Stations 

Part Number 


with device) 

XCS-0K2L3F22A 

Part Number 


with device) 

XCS-0K3M6G32A 

XCS-0K3L6G32A 

XCS-0K3R6G32A 

Key-Operated 



Listings 

XCS Two-Position Key-Operated Spring Return Selector Switches 

1 N.O. / 1 N.C., spring return from 

right; requires SWB series deep style 


Left Position 

Left Contact 

Left Position 

Right Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left Contact 




• Class III 

• NEMA 3, 7 (C, D) 9 (E, F, G) 



Right 

Position 

Right Contact 

XCS Three-Position Key-Operated Spring Return Selector Switches 



left and right; requires SWB series 



right, maintained in center and left; 




left, maintained in center and right; 



Left 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Left 

Position 

Right 

Contact 


Center 

Position 

Left 

Contact 

Center 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Right 

Position 

Left 

Contact 


Key 

Key may be 

removed in left 

position only 

Right 

Position 

Right 

Contact 

Key 

Key may 

be 

removed 

in center 

position 

only 

Legend Plate 

Marking* 

“OFF ON” 

Legend 

Plate 

Marking* 

Volume 14 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

“HAND OFF 

AUTO” 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-104 

KILLARK Accessories and 

Replacement Parts 

Sealing Fitting 

The purpose of seals in a Class I hazardous location is to minimize the passage 

of gases and vapors and prevent the passage of flames from one electrical 

installation to another through the conduit system. Consult the electrical code or 

your local inspector for more detailed information. 

ENY-2 

Sealing Fitting 

Part 

Number 

Sealing Compound and 

Packing Fiber 

Sealing 

Compound 


ENY Sealing Fitting Dimensions 

Price 

Sealing Compound 

SC series sealing compound is a cement 

used extensively for sealing conduit to 

prevent the spread of explosive gases. 

• Non-shrinking and forms a secure seal 

• Resists acids, water, oil, etc. 

• UL listed when used with ENY series sealing 

fittings 

• CE certified when used with any CSA certified 

sealing fitting 

Packing Fiber 

• Made from environmentally safe, nonasbestos 

material 

• Easy to use and forms a positive dam to hold 

sealing compound 

Hub Size 

(inches) 

Dimensions (in-mm) Turning 

Radius* 

A B 

ENY-2 3/4 4-1/16 (103) 2-1/16 (52) 1-9/32 (33) 

*Use Turning Radius to help determine if sealing fitting will fit 

properly in your installation. 

ENY-2 Sealing Fitting 

• Suitable for vertical or horizontal installation 

• Copper-free aluminum (less than 0.4 %) 

• Electrostatically applied powder coating 

Packing Fiber 

Sealing 

Fitting 

Ounces Required per Fitting 

Hub Size 


(inches) 

Packing 

Fiber 

ENY-2 3/4 2 oz. 1/8 oz. 


Part Number Price Size 

SC-4-OZ 4 ounces 

SC-8-OZ 8 ounces 

SC-1-LB 1 pound 

Packing Fiber 

Part Number Price Size 

PF-2 2 ounces 

PF-4 4 ounces 

PF-16 1 pound 

Dimensions 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK Accessories and 

Replacement Parts - Continued 

Accessories and Replacement 

Parts Overview 

We offer an accessory blank cover, a large selection of 

legend plates, and replacement keys and LEDs. 

Replacement contacts are not availble for any of our Killark 

hazardous duty controls. We also do not offer replacement 

switches, covers, or bolts. 

Blank Cover and Replacement Key 

X-10 

Blank Cover 

Blank Cover and Replacement Key 


X-10 Blank cover for use with splice/device boxes. 

KEY-C002B 

Replacement key for FXCS and XCS series 

key-operated selector switches. 


Replacement 110 VAC/VDC LED lamps for 

FXCS and XCS series pilot lights. 


KEY-C002B 

Replacement Key 

Part Number Price Color Volts AC/DC 

GOLED-A110 Amber 

GOLED-G110 

GOLED-R110 

 

 

Green 

Red 

110 VAC/VDC 

GOLED-W110 White 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-106 

KILLARK Accessories - Legend Plates 

Legend plates 

Legend 

• Engraved aluminum legend plates with 

red fields. 

• Three screws included with each 

legend plate 

• Use with XCS and FXCS series devices 

XCSNP-HIGH-LOW XCSNP-RESET XCSNP-ON-OFF 

Legend Plates 

Color of 

Field 


Blank plate Red XCSNP-BLANK 

"CLOSE" Red XCSNP-CLOSE 

"DOWN" Red XCSNP-DOWN 

"EMERG STOP" Red XCSNP-ESTOP 

"FAST" Red XCSNP-FAST 

”FORWARD” Red XCSNP-FORWARD 

"HIGH" Red XCSNP-HIGH 

"IN" Red XCSNP-IN 

"INCH" Red XCSNP-INCH 

"JOG" Red XCSNP-JOG 

"JOG FWD" Red XCSNP-JOG-FORWARD 

"JOG REV" Red XCSNP-JOG-REVERSE 

"LOW" Red XCSNP-LOW 

“LOWER” Red XCSNP-LOWER 

“MOTOR RUN” Red XCSNP-MOTOR-RUN 

"MOTOR STOP" Red XCSNP-MOTOR-STOP 

“OFF” Red XCSNP-OFF 

"ON" Red XCSNP-ON 

"OPEN" Red XCSNP-OPEN 

"OUT" Red XCSNP-OUT 

"POWER ON" Red XCSNP-POWER-ON 

"RAISE" Red XCSNP-RAISE 

"READY" Red XCSNP-READY 

“RESET” Red XCSNP-RESET 

"REVERSE" Red XCSNP-REVERSE 

"RUN" Red XCSNP-RUN 

“SLOW” Red XCSNP-SLOW 

“START” Red XCSNP-START 

"STOP" Red XCSNP-STOP 

"TEST" Red XCSNP-TEST 


Legend 

Legend Plates 

Color of 

Field 


"UP" Red XCSNP-UP 

"FWD REV" Red XCSNP-FWD-REV 

”HAND AUTO” Red XCSNP-HAND-AUTO 

"ON OFF" Red XCSNP-ON-OFF 

"OFF ON" Red XCSNP-OFF-ON 

"START STOP" Red XCSNP-START-STOP 

"UP DOWN" Red XCSNP-UP-DOWN 

"RUN JOG" Red XCSNP-RUN-JOG 

"JOG RUN" Red XCSNP-JOG-RUN 

"AUTO HAND" Red XCSNP-AUTO-HAND 

“MAN AUTO” Red XCSNP-MANUAL-AUTO 

“OFF REMOTE” Red XCSNP-OFF-REMOTE 

"START JOG" Red XCSNP-START-JOG 

“HIGH LOW” Red XCSNP-HIGH-LOW 

"OPEN CLOSE" Red XCSNP-OPEN-CLOSE 

"RAISE LOWER" Red XCSNP-RAISE-LOWER 

“SLOW FAST" Red XCSNP-SLOW-FAST 

"FWD OFF REV" Red XCSNP-FWD-OFF-REV 

"HAND OFF AUTO" Red XCSNP-HAND-OFF-AUTO 

"RUN OFF JOG" Red XCSNP-RUN-OFF-JOG 

“REV OFF FWD” Red XCSNP-REV-OFF-FWD 

"AUTO OFF HAND" Red XCSNP-AUTO-OFF-HAND 

"HAND OFF REMOTE" Red XCSNP-HAND-OFF-REM 

“1-OFF-2” Red XCSNP-1-OFF-2 

"JOG OFF RUN" Red XCSNP-JOG-OFF-RUN 

"STOP RUN START" Red XCSNP-STP-RUN-STRT 

“LOCAL OFF REM” Red XCSNP-LOCL-OFF-REM 

“LOW OFF HIGH” Red XCSNP-LOW-OFF-HIGH 

"RAISE OFF LOWER" Red XCSNP-RAS-OFF-LOWR 

"SLOW OFF FAST" Red XCSNP-SLOW-OFF-FST 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KILLARK Hazardous Location Controls - 

Dimensions 

FXB Series Factory Sealed Splice/Device Boxes 

Dimensions in inches [mm] 

FXB-1, -2, -3 FXB-4, -5, -6 

FXB-7, -8, -9 FXB-10, -11, -12 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-108 


Dimensions 

FXCS Series Factory Sealed Cover Assemblies 


FXCS-0B1, -0B2, -B3 FXCS-0B4, -0B4U 

FXCS-0B5, -0B7 


FXCS-0B24ALD, -0B24CLD, -0B24GLD, 

-0B24RLD 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Dimensions 



FXCS-0B30ALD, -0B30CLD, -0B30GLD, 

-0B30RLD, -0B30RLD-GLD 

FXCS-0B13-CD, 0B13-OD, 0B13-UD 

FXCS-0A15D FXCS-0MMG3, -0MMR3, -0MMK3 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-110 


Dimensions 



FXCS-0S2A1, -0S2A5 

FXCS-0S3C4, -0S3C5 


FXCS-0K2A1A, -0K2A5A 

FXCS-0K3C4A, -0K3C5A 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Dimensions 



FXCS-0S2L3F 

FXCS-0S3MG6G, -0S3L6G, -0S3R6G 

FXCS-0K2L3F22A 

FXCS-0K3M6G32A, -0K3L6G32A, -0K3R6G32A 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-112 


Dimensions 

SWB Series Splice/Device Boxes 


SWB-2 SWB-5 

SWB-42 SWB-45 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Dimensions 

SWB Series Splice/Device Boxes 


SWB-8 

SWB-11 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-114 


Dimensions 

XCS Series Cover Assemblies 


XCS-0B1, -0B2, -0B3 XCS-0B4, -0B4-U 

XCS-0B5, -0B7 XCS-0MMG3, -0MMR3, -0MMK3 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Dimensions 



XCS-0B24ALD, -0B24CLD, -0B24RLD 

XCS-0B13-CD, -0B13-OD, -0B13-UD XCS-0A15D 

XCS-0B30ALD, -0B30CLD, -0B30GLD, 

-0B30RLD, -0B30RLD-GLD 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-116 


Dimensions 



XCS-0S2A1, -0S2A5 XCS-0S3C4, -0S3C5 

XCS-0K2A1A, -0K2A5A XCS-0K3C4A, -0K3C5A 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


Dimensions 



XCS-0S2A1, -0S2A5 XCS-0S3C4, -0S3C5 

XCS-0K2L3F22A XCS-0K3M6G32A, -0K3L6G32A, -0K3R6G32A 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-118 

Werma Modular Stack Lights Overview 

Description 

WERMA’s modular stack light system offers total choice and flexibility as it allows for a 

completely free combination of optical and audible signal elements. The bayonet 

mechanism allows elements to be mechanically and electrically connected within seconds. 

This means that elements can be safely and easily changed (contact-voltage proof) without 

the need for tools. 

Typical product applications include; machine tools, packaging machines, conveyor 

systems, printing machines, loading docks, retail centers (check outs), queuing 

indicators for theme parks, and more. 

Product highlights: 

• Signal elements in common voltages (24V DC and 115V AC) 

• Modular system allows combination as required 

• Two different sizes (70 and 50 mm diameter) 

• Five colors available 

• Wide range of audible elements 

• Diverse and flexible solutions 

Simple assembly with bayonet mechanism 

• Simple mounting and removal of the elements 

• New combinations at the twist of a hand 

• Tool-free bulb change 

• Position marks to guide alignment 


1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Werma Stack Lights Family Overview 

KombiSIGN 71 

Modular IP65-rated stack light 

system with 70 mm diameter for use 

in standard applications. 

KS 71 stack lights are available in 5 

colors and multiple light effects 

(permanent, blinking, rotating, 

flashing). Multiple light sources 

(incandescent, LED, Xenon tube) 

and a wide variety of mountings are 

available. Combine up to 5 

elements per terminal. Various 

terminal design choices are available 

as well as multiple voltages 

and audible elements up to 105 dB. 

KS 71 Terminal Elements 

Screw terminals 

CAGE CLAMP ® terminals 

1 2 3 

Insert screwdriver at a 

slight angle into opening 

as far as possible. 

Open spring-loaded 

clamp with the help of the 

screwdriver and insert 

wire as far as possible. 

KombiSIGN 50 

Modular IP54-rated stack light 

system with 50 mm diameter for use 

on smaller machines. 

KS 50 stack lights are available in 5 

colors with either permanent or 

blinking light effects in multiple voltages. 

A choice of incandescent or 

LED light sources is available as well 

as an 80 dB audible element. 

Elements can be combined in a 

variety of mountings, up to 4 

elements per mounting for 360° of 

visibility. 

KS 50 Terminal Element 

Screw terminal 

Safe and efficient connection 

thanks to CAGE CLAMP ® technology 

Terminal elements with CAGE CLAMP ® technology enable leads to be quickly 

and easily wired, guaranteeing a secure and reliable contact. 

Remove screwdriver - the 

wire is firmly clamped. 

CAGE CLAMP 

Volume 14 

® is a registered trademark of WAGO Kotakttechnik GmbH. 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / s t a c k l i g h t s Pushbuttons and Lights e25-119 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-120 

Configuring Your KombiSIGN 71 Stack Light 

��STEP 1 

Select the required optical elements 

for your application 

��STEP 2 

Select the optional audible elements 


��STEP 3 

Select the correct terminal element 

for your mounting option (includes 

cap) 

��STEP 4 

Where appropriate, select a base 

and the desired tube length (only for 

tube mounting) 

��STEP 5 

Where appropriate, select the 

bracket and the contact box. 



Order no. 64082000 

Tube with 

clamp 

Order no. 

96000018 

Contact box with 

side cable exit 

Order no. 97584001 

Bracket for 1-sided 

mounting 

Order no. 97584085 

Base Mounting 

CAGE CLAMP ® terminal 

Order no. 64080000 

Adapter for 

single hole 

mounting 

Order no. 

96000025 

Base with 

integrated tube 

Order no. 

97584010 

Bracket for 

base mounting 

Order no. 96000002 


mounting 

Order no. 97584086 


Order no. 64083000 



Order no. 97584001 

Bracket for base mounting 

with concealed cable entry 

Order no. 96000014 

Optical Signal Elements 

• Incandescent Permanent Light 

• LED Permanent Light 

• LED Flashing Light 

• LED Blinking Light 

• LED Rotating Light 

• Xenon Flashing Light 

Audible Signal Elements 

• Buzzer Element 

• Siren Element 

Tube Mounting 

Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodized 

Order no. 

100 mm long 97584510 

250 mm long 97584025 

400 mm long 97584040 

600 mm long 97584060 

800 mm long 97584080 

1000 mm long 97584003 

Base for Tube, plastic 

Order no. 97584090 

Base for Tube, metal 

Order no. 97584091 

Foldaway Base 

Order no. 96000030 

Tube Ø 25 mm, plastic, only for 

Foldaway Base, 45 mm long 

Order no. 96000031 

CAGE CLAMP ® terminal 

Order no. 64081000 


magnetic base and 


Order no. 97584004 

Bracket for 

tube mounting 

Order no. 96000001 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KS 71 Elements Quick Selection Guide 

Type of Light 

Part 

Number 

Color 

64110000 Red 

STEP 1 - Optical Elements Quick Selection Guide 

Operating 

Voltage 

Price Type of Light 

Part 

Number 

Color 

64310055 Red 

Operating 

Voltage 

 

 

Incandescent 

Permanent* 

64120000 

64130000 

64140000 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

Depends on 

Bulb Selection 

 

 

 

64320055 

64330055 

64340055 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

24V DC 

 

 

 

64150000 Blue Xenon 64350055 Blue 

Incadescent 

95584035 Clear 24V AC/DC 

Flashing Light 64310067 

64320067 

Red 

Green 

 

 

Bulbs 

95584057 Clear 115V AC/DC 

64330067 

64340067 

Yellow 

Clear 

115V AC 

 

64410075 Red 

64350067 Blue 

64420075 Green 

64411075 Red 

 

64430075 Yellow 24V AC/DC 64421075 Green 

64440075 Clear 64431075 Yellow 24V AC/DC 

LED 64450075 Blue 64441075 Clear 

Permanent 64410067 Red 

LED 64451075 Blue 

64420067 Green Blinking Light 64411067 Red 

 

64430067 Yellow 115V AC 64421067 Green 

64440067 Clear 64431067 Yellow 115V AC 

64450067 Blue 64441067 Clear 

64412055 Red 

64451067 Blue 


Flashing Light 

64422055 

64432055 

64442055 

64452055 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

Blue 

24V DC 

 

 

 

 


Rotating Light 

64413075 

64423075 

64433075 

64443075 

Red 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

24V AC/DC 

 

 

 

 

* Note: Bulbs are required for permanent incandescent optical element 64453075 Blue 

Part 

Number 

STEP 2 - Audible Elements Quick Selection Guide 

Description Voltage 

Tone 

Frequency 

Max. 

Volume 

@ 1m Price 

64580075 

Buzzer element 

64580077 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

1.75 kHz 85 dB 

 

 

64582075 

Multi-functional siren 

64582067 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

1.6 / 3.4 kHz 100 dB 

 

 

64585055 

64581055 

Multi-functional siren, 

external trigger 

Siren element with selfadjusting 

sound output 

24V DC 1.6 / 3.4 kHz 100 dB 

24V DC 2.5 kHz 100 dB 

STEP 5 - Contact Boxes & Brackets Quick Selection Guide 

Mounting 

Option 

Base Mounting 

Tube Mounting 

Part 

Number 

Description Price 

97584001 Contact box with side exit cable 

96000002 Bracket for base mounting 

97584085 Bracket for 1-sided mounting 

97584086 Bracket for 2-sided mounting 


97584004 Contact box w/ magnetic base and side cable exit 

96000014 Bracket for base mounting w/ concealed cable entry 

96000001 Bracket for tube mounting 

Volume 14 


Price 

STEP 3 - Terminal Elements Quick Selection Guide 

Part 

Number 

64082000 Screw terminal with M3 clamps 

64080000 

Description Mounting Price 

Terminal element with 

CAGE CLAMP ® technology 

64083000 Screw terminal with M3 clamps 

64081000 



Base Mounting 

Tube Mounting 

 

 

 

 

STEP 4 - Tube Mounting/Accessories Quick Selection 


97584510 Annodized tube, 100 mm [3.94 in.] long 






96000018 Tube with clamp 

96000025 Adapter for single-hole mounting 

97584010 Base with integrated tube 

97584090 Plastic base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] diameter tube 

97584091 Metal base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] diameter tube 

96000031 Plastic tube for foldaway base 

97584002 Adapter for tube mounting 

96000004 Cable gland for surface mounting 

96000030 Foldaway base 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

e25-122 

KS 71 Optical Elements Specifications 

Optical Elements Technical Specifications 


Part 

Number 

Color Current 

Starting 

Current 

Operating Temp/ 

Protection 

Life 

Duration 

Flash 

Frequency Housing 

Material Weight 

64110000 Red 

Incandescent Permanent 

Light Element 

with B15d Bayonet Socket 

(Purchase bulb separately) 

max. 250V 

(Depends on 

bulb selection) 

64120000 

64130000 

64140000 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

– – 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

5,000 hrs 

– Polycarbonate 

55 g 

[1.94 oz] 

64150000 Blue 

64410075 Red max. 30 mA 

24V AC/DC 

64420075 

64430075 

64440075 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

max. 25 mA 

max. 30 mA 

max. 25 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

100,000 hrs 


58 g 

[2.05 oz] 

LED Permanent 

64450075 Blue max. 25 mA 


64410067 Red 

115V AC 

64420067 

64430067 

64440067 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

max. 20 mA – 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

100,000 hrs 


58 g 

[2.05 oz] 

64450067 Blue 

64412055 Red 

LED Flashing 


24V DC 

35 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

50,000 hrs 

1 Hz 

on for 2x10 ms Polycarbonate 

64422055 

64432055 

64442055 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

75 g 

[2.65 oz] 

64452055 Blue 

64310055 Red 

24V DC 

64320055 

64330055 

64340055 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

125 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

1,100 hrs 

1 Hz 

on for 10 ms 

Polycarbonate 

73 g 

[2.57 oz] 

Xenon Flashing 

64350055 Blue 


64310067 Red 

115V AC 

64320067 

64330067 

64340067 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

22 mA – 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

1,100 hrs 

1 Hz 

on for 10 ms 

Polycarbonate 

74 g 

[2.61 oz] 

64350067 Blue 

64411075 Red max. 30 mA 

24V AC/DC 

max. 

500 mA 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

1 Hz 

on for 550 ms 

LED Blinking 


Polycarbonate 

64421075 

64431075 

64441075 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

max. 25 mA 

max. 30 mA 

max. 25 mA 

58 g 

[2.05 oz] 

64451075 Blue max. 25 mA 

64411067 Red 

115V AC 

max. 20 mA − 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

1 Hz 

on for 550 ms Polycarbonate 

64421067 

64431067 

64441067 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

58 g 

[2.05 oz] 

64451067 Blue 

64413075 Red 

LED Rotating 

Light Element 24V AC/DC 

64423075 

64433075 

64443075 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

max. 40 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP65 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

120 rotations 

per minute 

Polycarbonate 

67 g 

[2.36 oz] 

64453075 Blue 

Volume 14 

Dimensions in mm [in.] 


Incandescent Permanent 

Optical Element 

Part 

Number 

95584035 

Bulbs for Incandescent 

Permanent Optical Element 


Life 

Duration 

5 W Bulb for 24V DC up to 

Incandescent Light 

95584057 5,000 hrs 

B15d Bayonet Socket 115V AC 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KS 71 Audible Elements Specifications 


Part Number 64580075 64580077 64582075 64582067 64585055 

Description Buzzer Element Multi-functional Siren 

Voltage 24V AC/DC 115V AC 24V AC/DC 115V AC 24V DC 

Current Consumption ≤ 25 mA ≤ 80 mA ≤ 40 mA ≤ 80 mA 

Tone Frequency 1.7 kHz 1.6 to 3.4 kHz 

Maximum Volume 85 dB 100 dB 

Tone Type Continuous/Pulse Selectable 8 tones selectable via DIP switches 

Life Duration > 5000 h 

Operating Temperature -4˚F to 122˚F [-20˚C to 50˚C] 

Weight 

74 g 

[2.61 oz] 

KS 71 Self-Adjusting Siren Element 

Part Number Technical Specifications 

64581055 

82 g 

[2.89 oz] 

82 g 

[2.89 oz] 

87 g 

[3.07 oz] 

Housing Material Polycarbonate ABS, Polycarbonate 

Note: Refer to insert for wiring diagram. 

Number of tones available are limited by number of elements in stack. 

Siren element with self-adjusting sound output 

Up to 7 tones 

externally triggered 

77 g 

[2.72 oz] 

Housing Polycarbonate 

Tone type Pulse tone 

Tone frequency 2.5 kHz 

Sound output 80 dB - max. 100 dB 

Operating Voltage 24 V DC 

Starting Current < 500 mA 

Current consumption ≤ 150 mA 


Weight 125 g [4.41 oz] 

Temperature Range -4˚F to 122˚F [-20˚C to 50˚C] 


Audible Element 

Dimensions For: 

64580075 

64580077 

64582075 

64582067 

64585055 

• Automatic sound output adjustment between 80 and 100 dB • Sound output is about 5 dB louder than the background noise level 

• Continual measurement of the ambient noise level • Ideal for applications with changing ambient sound levels 

The siren element adjusts its sound 

output through continual measurement 

of the ambient noise level. 

The emitted tone is about 5 dB 

louder than the background noise 

level. The warning signal can 

always be heard without being irritatingly 

loud for people in the 

siren’s vicinity. 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-124 

KS 71 Terminal Elements Specifications 

Screw terminal element 

M3 clamps 

(including cap) 


KS 71 Terminal Element Specifications 

Part Number 64082000 64080000 64083000 64081000 

Description 


with cap and seal 

Terminal Element 


64081000 

64083000 

Screwlessterminal element 

with cap and seal 


with cap 

Mounting Base and Bracket Mounting Tube Mounting 

Connection 

max. 2.5 mm² - single wire 

M3 Clamps 

max. 2.5 mm² 


max. 2.5 mm² - single wire 

M3 Clamps 

Cable Entry Cable diameter max. 14 mm [0.55 in.] 


Screwlessterminal element 

with cap 

max. 2.5 mm² 


Torque max 0.4 Nm – max 0.4 Nm – 

Gauge AWG 18 to AWG 14 

Weight 83 g [2.93 oz] 75 g [2.65 oz] 84 g [2.96 oz] 77 g [2.72 oz] 

Housing Material Polyamide Glass Fiber-Reinforced 


64080000 



(including cap and seal) 

Terminal Element 


64080000 

64082000 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KS 71 Mounting Hardware Specifications 

KS 71 Mounting Hardware Specifications 

Part Number Description 

Operating 

Temp. 


97584510 Tube, 100 mm [3.94 in.] 

30 g [1.06 oz] 

97584025 Tube, 250 mm [9.84 in.] 73 g [2.57 oz] 

97584040 Tube, 400 mm [15.75 in.] -4˚F to 122˚F Anodized 120 g [4.23 oz] 

97584060 Tube, 600 mm [23.62 in.] [-20˚C to 50˚C] Aluminum 180 g [6.35 oz] 

97584080 Tube, 800 mm [31.49 in.] 236 g [8.32 oz] 

97584003 Tube, 1000 mm [39.37 in.] 296 g [10.44 oz] 

96000018 Tube with clamp – 

97584010 Base with integrated tube 

97584090 

97584091 

Plastic base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] 

diameter tube 

Metal base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] 

diameter tube 

96000031 Plastic tube for foldaway base 


97584090 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

Polythylene Tube 

Steel Clamp 

Polyamide 

Glass- 

Reinforced 

Polyamide 

Glass- 

Reinforced 

Anodized 

Aluminum 

175 g 

[6.17 oz] 

63 g [2.22 oz] 

40 g [1.41 oz] 

110 g [3.88 oz] 

Polyethylene 13 g [0.46 oz] 

97584010 

97584091 96000018 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-126 

KS 71 Brackets & Contact Boxes Specifications 

Brackets & Contact Boxes Technical Specifications 


Temp. 

Range 


96000014 

97584001 

97584004 

97584085 

97584086 

96000001 

96000002 

96000014 


Contact box with side cable 

exit, with mounting material 

Contact box with magnetic 

base and side cable exit 


mounting, including 

rubber seals 


mounting, including 

rubber seals 


with cable gland 

Bracket for surface 

mounting with cable gland 


with concealed cable entry, 

including rubber seals 


96000001 

-22˚F to 140˚F 

[-30˚C to 60˚C] 

-22˚F to 140˚F 

[-30˚C to 60˚C] 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

71 g 

[2.50 oz] 

316 g 

[11.15 oz] 

78 g 

[2.75 oz] 

76 g 

[2.68 oz] 

57 g 

[2.01 oz] 

40 g 

[1.41 oz] 

80 g 

[2.82 oz] 

96000002 

97584004 

97584086 

97584085 

97584001 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Foldaway Base for KS 71 and KS 50 

• The signal tower can be folded away while still connected 

• Minimizes packaging costs and optimizes machine transportation 

• Simple mounting and cable entry − for up to 14 mm diameter cables 

• Vertical alignment of signal towers even on sloping surfaces 

• Positioning in 7.5° steps, markings for 30, 45, 60, or 90 degrees 

Foldaway Base for KS 71 and KS 50 

Part Number Technical Specifications 

96000030 

Material Polyamide Glass Fiber-Reinforced 

Cable Diameter Max. 14 mm [0.55 in.] 

Assembly Includes rubber seals 

Fixing Vertical or horizontal positioning 

Weight 165 g [5.82 oz] 


Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-128 

KS 71 Adapters Specifications 


KS 71 Adapters Specifications 

Part Number Description Temperature Range Weight 

96000004 Cable gland for surface mounting -4˚F to 122˚F [-20˚C to 50˚C] 10 g [0.35 oz] 

96000025 Adapter for single hole mounting -4˚F to 122˚F [-20˚C to 50˚C] 165 g [5.82 oz] 

97584002 Adapter for tube mounting -4˚F to 122˚F [-20˚C to 50˚C] 81 g [2.86 oz] 


97584002 

96000004 

96000025 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Configuring Your KombiSIGN 50 Stack Light 

��STEP 1 

Select the required optical elements 


��STEP 2 

Select the optional audible element 


��STEP 3 

Select the terminal element for your 

mounting option (includes cap) 

��STEP 4 

Select the appropriate mounting 

option and accessories 

��STEP 5 

Where appropriate, select the 

bracket and the contact box 

Bracket for 

wall mounting 

Order no. 

97584502 

Base/Bracket 

Mounting 



Order no. 97584001 

Base for surface 

mounting, 

incl. rubber seal 

Order no. 

97584501 


magnetic base and 


Order no. 97584004 

Tube 

Mounting 

Tube Ø 25 mm, all anodized 

Order no. 

100 mm long 97584510 

250 mm long 97584025 

400 mm long 97584040 

600 mm long 97584060 

800 mm long 97584080 

1000 mm long 97584003 

Base for Tube, plastic 

Order no. 97584090 

Base for Tube, metal 

Order no. 97584091 

Foldaway Base 

Order no. 96000030 



Order no. 96000014 

Optical Signal Elements 

• Incandescent Permanent Light 

• LED Permanent Light 

• LED Blinking Light 

Audible Signal Elements 

• Buzzer Element 

Terminal element for 

surface, tube, single hole 

and bracket mounting 

Order no. 

84500000 

Single Hole 

Mounting 

Adapter for 

single hole 

mounting 

Order no. 

97584503 

Bracket for 

base mounting 

Order no. 96000001 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-130 

KS 50 Elements Quick Selection Guide 

STEP 1 - Optical Elements Quick Selection Guide 


Part 

Number 

Color 

Operating 

Voltage 

Price 

84610000 Red 

 

Incandescent 

Permanent* 

84620000 

84630000 

84640000 

Green 

Yellow 

Clear 

12-240V 

AC/DC 

 

 

 

84650000 Blue 

Bulbs 

95584035 

95584057 

Clear 

Clear 

24V DC 

115V AC 

 

 

84810055 Red 

 

84820055 Green 

84830055 Yellow 24V AC/DC 

84840055 Clear 


Permanent 84810067 Red 

 

84820067 Green 

84830067 Yellow 115V AC 

84840067 Clear 

84850067 Blue 

84811075 Red 

 

84821075 Green 

84831075 Yellow 24V AC/DC 

84841075 Clear 


Blinking Light 84811067 Red 

 

84821067 Green 

84831067 Yellow 115V AC 

84841067 Clear 

84851067 Blue 

* Note: Bulbs are required for permanent incandescent optical element 

KS 50 LED 



Part 

Number 

STEP 2 - Audible Elements Quick Selection Guide 


Tone 

Frequency 

Maximum 

Volume 

STEP 4 - Mounting Options/Accessories Quick Selection 








97584090 Plastic base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] diameter tube 

97584091 Metal base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] diameter tube 

96000030 Foldaway base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] diameter tube 

97584501 Base for surface mounting, includes rubber seal 

97584502 Bracket for wall mounting 

97584503 Adapter for single hole mounting 

Price 

84900075 

24V AC/DC 

 

Buzzer element 

2.1 kHz 80 dB 

84900077 115V AC/DC 

STEP 3 - Terminal Element Quick Selection 

Part Number Description Mounting Price 

84500000 


for KS 50 

Surface, tube, 

single hole, and 

bracket mounting 

 

STEP 5 - Contact Boxes & Brackets Quick Selection 



97584004 Contact box with magnetic base and side exit cable 

96000014 Bracket for base mounting with concealed cable entry 

96000001 Bracket for base mounting 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KS 50 Optical Elements Specifications 

Description 

Incandescent 

Permanent Light 

(Purchase Bulb 

Separately) 


Permanent 



Blinking Light Element 

Operating 

Voltage 

12-240V 

AC/DC 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 


KS 50 Optical Element Dimensions 

Part 

Number 

Color 

84610000 Red 

84620000 Green 

84630000 Yellow 

84640000 Clear 

84650000 Blue 

84810055 Red 

84820055 Green 

84830055 Yellow 

84840055 Clear 

84850055 Blue 

84810067 Red 

84820067 Green 

84830067 Yellow 

84840067 Clear 

84850067 Blue 

84811075 Red 

84821075 Green 

84831075 Yellow 

84841075 Clear 

84851075 Blue 

84811067 Red 

84821067 Green 

84831067 Yellow 

84841067 Clear 

84851067 Blue 

KS 50 Optical Elements Technical Specifications 

Current 

Consumption Starting 

Current 

– – 

max. 45 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

max. 25 mA – 

max. 25 mA 

max. 

500 mA 

max. 25 mA − 

Part 

Number 

95584035 

Operating Temp/ 

Protection 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

Life 

Duration 

KS 50 Incandescent 

Permanent Light Element 

Bulbs for Incandescent 

Permanent Optical Element 


Life 

Duration 

5 W Bulb for 24V DC up to 

Incandescent Light 

95584057 5,000 hrs 

B15d Bayonet Socket 115V AC 

Flash 

Frequency Housing 


Volume 14 


IP54 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP54 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP54 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP54 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

IP54 

up to 

5,000 hrs 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

up to 

100,000 hrs 

up to 

100,000 hrs 




1 Hz 


1 Hz 


40 g 

[1.41 oz] 

45 g 

[1.59 oz] 

45 g 

[1.59 oz] 

45 g 

[1.59 oz] 

45 g 

[1.59 oz] 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-132 

KS 50 Audible and Terminal Elements 


Part Number 84900075 84900077 

Voltage 24V AC/DC 115V AC/DC 

Current Consumption max. 25 mA 

Tone Frequency 2.1 kHz 

Maximum Volume 80 dB 

Tone Type Continuous/Pulse Tone Selectable 

Life Duration min. 5,000 h 

Duty Cycle 100% 


Weight 54 g [1.90 oz] 

Housing Material PC/ABS, PC blend (cap) 

Dome Material PC/ABS, PC blend 


KS 50 Buzzer Element 

84900075 

84900077 


KS 50 Terminal Element Specifications 

Part Number 84500000 

Description Terminal with screw connector 

Mounting Tube, bracket, and base mounting 

Connection max. 2.5 mm² - Single Wire 


Gauge AWG 18 to AWG 14 


Cap Material Polycarbonate 

Base Material Polyamide glass fiber-reinforced 

KS 50 Terminal Element 

84500000 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

KS 50 Mounting Hardware and Accessories 

KS 50 Mounting Hardware and Accessories Specifications 

Part Number Description Operating Temp. Material Weight 

97584510 Tube, 100 mm [3.94 in.] 

30 g [1.06 oz] 

97584025 Tube, 250 mm [9.84 in.] 73 g [2.57 oz] 

97584040 Tube, 400 mm [15.75 in.] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

120 g [4.23 oz] 

Anodized aluminum 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

97584060 Tube, 600 mm [23.62 in.] 180 g [6.35 oz] 

97584080 Tube, 800 mm [31.49 in.] 236 g [8.32 oz] 

97584003 Tube, 1000 mm [39.37 in.] 296 g [10.44 oz] 

97584090 

97584091 

96000030 

97584501 

Plastic base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] 

diameter tube 

Metal base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] 

diameter tube 

Foldaway base for 25 mm [0.98 in.] 

diameter tube 

Base for surface mounting, 

includes rubber seal 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

– 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

Polyamide 

Glass Reinforced 

40 g [1.41 oz] 

Annodized Aluminum 110 g [3.88 oz] 

Polyamide 


Polyamide 


165 g [5.82 oz] 

35 g [1.23 oz] 

97584503 Adapter for single hole mounting – Galvanized Steel 116 g [4.09 oz] 


97584090 97584091 

96000030 97584501 97584503 

Volume 14 


Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

KS 50 Contact Boxes and Brackets 

Brackets & Contact Boxes Technical Specifications 


97584502 Bracket for wall mounting 

96000014 



96000001 Bracket for base mounting 

97584001 Contact box with side cable exit 

97584004 


Contact box with magnetic base 

and side cable exit 

Temp. 

Range 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

-4˚F to 140˚F 

[-20˚C to 60˚C] 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

-22˚F to 140˚F 

[-30˚C to 60˚C] 

-22˚F to 140˚F 

[-30˚C to 60˚C] 


Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

Polyamide 

30 g 

[1.06 oz] 

80 g 

[2.82 oz] 

57 g 

[2.01 oz] 

71 g 

[2.50 oz] 

316 g 

[11.15 oz] 

97584502 96000014 

97584001 97584004 

96000001 

Volume 14 

e25-134 Pushbuttons and Lights 1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

Free on orders 

over $49 

** for items shipped from 

Cumming, GA 

Get it fast AND free! 

Free standard 2-day (transit)* shipping is now available for orders over $49, 

within the U.S. and Puerto Rico. We use our choice of carrier and a 

combination of ground and air services that allow us to reach any U.S. 

destination within 2 days transit time (or less). (Canadian orders use the same 

method, but may take longer based on destination.) Orders placed by 6 p.m. 

EST will ship the same day (with approved company credit or credit card; LTL 

items require 5 p.m. order cutoff). 

Note that the 2-day transit time does not apply for LTL shipping of heavy items 

or drop-shipped items. (We can ship heavy items to Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto 

Rico, but they will always incur a shipping charge. To determine if an item must 

ship LTL, check the “Availability” column of the printed price list.) 

For orders under $49, a flat $6 shipping charge is applied. Or, you may 

request that your order ship via the 2-day (transit) method; shipping charges 

will be added to invoice. 

For complete details on shipping methods and charges, see Terms and 

Conditions or online at our Web site for most up-to-date information. 

* We do not guarantee delivery times of the carriers. AutomationDirect is not 

responsible for carrier delays due to weather, mechanical failures or other issues. 

1-800-633-0405 www.automationdirect.com 

*

Cutler-Hammer Stacklights Family Overview 

Description 

The E26 stacklight unit is a modular 

system that provides illuminated and 

audible status indication in all directions. It 

is easily assembled using plug-in modular 

units. The modular units consist of 

constant, flashing, and strobe lights, as 

well as mono-tonal, bi-tonal, and intermittent 

alarm systems. Stacklights may be 

assembled in a variety of configurations, 

which are identified in the Maximum 

Configuration Chart on page 22-60. 

Numerous lamp, color and mounting 

options further enhance the versatility. 

Components include: 

•Light modules in five colors, including a 

xenon strobe 

•Audible alarm in three tonal patterns 

•Standard and flashing bases 

•Extension tubes 

•Optional LED bulbs 

•Available in either 24 VAC/DC or 

125 VAC/DC voltage levels 

Modular, “no tools assembly” means 

installation in minutes and adjustments in 

seconds. 

Extremely easy wiring saves time. The base 

can be wired through screw terminals; all 

connections above the base are 

pin/sleeve, requiring no tools or terminations. 

Lights have NEMA 4X outdoor rating for 

washdown and corrosion resistance. 

Diffusers supply even illumination to eliminate 

“hot spots” and maintain consistent 

visibility. 

Five light module colors, including strobe 

module, allow you to choose your color 

configuration. Or, order one of our 

preassembled models for convenience. 

CHECK OUT OUR PRICES 

Stacklights 

AutomationDirect 

Allen-Bradley 

Max lights per tower 6 5 

Number of colors available 5 6 

NEMA Rating 1, 4, 4K, 12, 13 1, 12 

LED Available Yes Yes (R, G, A) 1 

Audible alarm available Yes Yes 

Strobe Light Available Yes Yes 

Rotating Beacon available No Yes 

Price $155.00 $289.70 

E26XWWL392W-V4 855TS-B10D3D5D4 

1 R=Red, G=Green, A=Amber. 

All prices are U.S. published prices. AutomationDirect prices are from April 2012 Price List . 

Allen-Bradley prices from www.rockwellautomation.com/en/e-tools 2/20/12. 

Cutler-Hammer products available for sale to North America locations only. 

Volume 14 


Cutler-Hammer Stacklights Family Overview 

Component 

descriptions 

Bases 

A standard base is 

used with incandescent 

or standard 

LED lamps for 

steady, nonflashingillumination. 

Bases include 

terminal block, stacklight 

cover and gasket. 

A flashing stacklight base configures each 

light in the stack for either steady or 60 

times-per-minute flashing illumination. 

Flashing circuits are for use with incandescent 

lamps only. The maximum allowable 

number of flashing light modules is 

four at 24 VDC and six at 120 VDC. 

Mechanical ratings: 

• Shock (IEC68-2-27): 11 mS, 15 g 

• Vibration (IEC 68-2-6): 10 sweeps 

10 - 150 Hz, 2g 

• Bump (IEC 68-2-29): 1000 pulses, 6 mS, 15g 

Climate conditions: 

• Operating: maximum 104°F (40°C) 

at 95% RH, temperature -4 to 140°F 

(-20° to 60°C). 

• Storage: temperature -40°F to 176°F 

(-40° to 80°C). 

Materials: 

• Cover: polycarbonate 

• Lenses: polycarbonate 

• Stacklight Base: nylon 

• Extension Tubes: aluminum 

• Mounting Base: zinc die cast 

Light Modules 

Light modules 

are available 

in a variety 

of colors 

for both 

incandescent 

lamps 

and LEDs. To 

maximize illumination 

and light dispersion, 

incandescent units include an opal 

white diffuser. LEDs also work with the 

opal diffuser. Factory configured LED 

modules include a clear diffuser. 

Alarms 

An alarm unit is fitted to the 

top of the stacklight module 

or directly to the stacklight 

base. Alarm units are 

available in three versions, 

each with adjustable sound 

levels. 

Technical data 

Terminals 

• 14-30 AWG (2.5-0.05 mm 2 ) for single 

conductors and 18-26 AWG (0.75-0.14 mm 2) 

for two conductors of the same size. (Do 

not mix solid and stranded wire in the 

same terminal.) 

• Recommended tightening torque is 4.4- 

5.3 lb./in. (0.5-0.6 Nm) 

Electrical ratings 

• Insulation voltage (Ui): 690V 

• Operational voltage (Ue): 250V 

• Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): 1.5 kV 

Bulb specifications 

• Incandescent lamp type: BA15d 

• Maximum lamp wattage: 6W 

• Bulbs - average life: 

•Incandescent: 7,000 to 12,000 hrs 

•Xenon flasher: 20,000 hrs. 

•LED: 100,000 hrs. 

Xenon Strobe 

A Xenon strobe unit is similar to the 

standard lens/diffuser unit, except 

that it consists of two lens units. 

The lower unit includes the 

electronics and is permanently 

fused to the upper unit, which 

houses the Xenon lamp. Xenon 

units may be placed in any position 

in a complete stacklight module. The 

Xenon flashes 60 times per minute when 

used with standard or flashing bases. The 

Xenon strobe unit occupies two module 

slots in the assembly. 

LED/incandescent 

comparison 

Incandescent lamps 

• Average operating life of 7,000 hours 

• Each lamp can be used with any color 

lens 

• Low cost results in short-term savings 


• Average operating life of 100,000 hours 

• Low power consumption 

• Extended life results in long-term savings 

Standards and certifications 

• CE 60947-5-1 

• UL 508 - File # E131568 

• CUL C22.2 No. 14 - File #E131568 

Ingress protection 

• Stacklight base and light units: IP65, 

NEMA 4, 4X and 13 

• Alarm Units: IP20, NEMA 1 

Electrical shock protection 

• Stacklight base and light unit: IP2X 

• Alarm units: IP0X 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / s t a c k l i g h t s Pushbuttons and Lights 

Volume 14 

e25-137 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Stacklights Application Data 


Incandescent 


E26 Xenon flasher 

Voltage 

AC/DC 

Lamp 

Used 

Application Data 

Approximate Current, mA 

per Light 

24V BA15d 208mA 7,000 

110-140V BA15d 36-50mA 7,000 

Voltage 

AC/DC 

24V strobe 

Current 



per Light 

DC 190mA 20,000 

AC 320mA 20,000 

120V AC 60mA* 20,000 

* Represents average current draw, 1.6A peak for 120V 

Type of Light Color 

24V AC/DC Continuous/flashing LED 

120V AC/DC LED 

Theoretical Lamp Life, 

Hours As Applied 




Cylindrical LED 



at Rated Volts 


Red 47mA 100,000 

Amber 47mA 100,000 

Green 59mA 80,000 

Blue 59mA 60,000 

White 59mA 60,000 

Red 24mA 100,000 

Amber 24mA 100,000 

Green 17mA 80,000 

Blue 16mA 60,000 

Note: Published theoretical lamp lives are based on ideal laboratory conditions and should be used for comparison 

only. Actual life may be shorter due to various application conditions. 

Volume 14 


Stacklight Components 

Two and three-light 

pre-assembled 

stacklights 

Stacklights can be purchased in twolight 

and three-light assemblies in 

incandescent and LED versions. 

Pre-assembled stacklights offer the 

convenience of not having to 

configure and order separate components. 

Volts AC/DC 

Alarm 

First 

Level 

Color 

Illumination Type 

Volts AC/DC 

Second 

Level 

Color 

Alarm 

0.59 (15) 

First 

Level 

Color 

24V None Green 



*120V None Green 

Two-light Unit Stacklight — Assembled Price 

*Note: LED modules have very low current draw and should not be used with triac output devices like PLC triac output modules. It is recommended that dry 

contact outputs be used to switch 120 volt AC modules. 

Note: Extension tubes and mounting bases sold separately. 

See accessories section. 

Standard three-light unit 

Dimensions in inches (mm) 

2.72 (69) 

2.72 (69) 

2.72 (69) 

1.73 (44) 

Illumination 

Type 

Incandescent - 

Steady 

Cylindrical LED - 

Steady 


Steady 


Steady 

2.56 (65) 


Unit 


Unit 


Unit 

Base 

Second 

Level 

Color 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Red 

Three-light Unit Stacklight — Assembled 


Third 

Level 

Color 

Illumination 

Type 


Standard two-light unit 

0.59 (15) 

Catalog Number 

Base Mounting 


Steady E26XWWL32W-V2 


Steady E26XWWLG1R1W-V2 


Steady E26XWWL32W-V4 


Steady E26XWWLG1R1W-V4 

Catalog Number Base 

Mounting 

24V None Green Incandescent - Steady Amber Incandescent - Steady Red Incandescent - Steady E26XWWL392W-V2 

24V None Green Cylindrical LED - Steady Amber Cylindrical LED - Steady Red Cylindrical LED - Steady E26XWWLG1A1R1W-V2 

120V None Green Incandescent - Steady Amber Incandescent - Steady Red Incandescent - Steady E26XWWL392W-V4 

*120V None Green Cylindrical LED - Steady Amber Cylindrical LED - Steady Red Cylindrical LED - Steady E26XWWLG1A1R1W-V4 


2.72 (69) 

2.72 (69) 

1.73 (44) 


2.56 (65) 


Unit 


Unit 

Base 

Price 

Volume 14 

e25-139 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Configuring Your Stacklight 

1. Choose your base 

Use the E26BL for 24V or 120V configurations. 

Use this base for applications 

where no flashing is needed or if you will 

be flashing the light modules with a 

control system such as a PLC. Use the 

E26BFV2 for automatic flashing in 24V 

configurations, and the E26BFV4 for 120V 

configurations. Individual modules in the 

stack will be selected as flashing or nonflashing. 

2. Choose your light 

modules 

Up to six modules can be used in a standard 

assembly, four modules in a 24V 

flashing assembly, and six modules in a 

120V flashing assembly (including the 

audible alarm when used). Xenon strobe 

modules occupy two modules in the stack. 

See the Maximum Configuration Chart 

below. 

Incandescent 

or LED 

Modules 

Maximum Configuration Chart 

Xenon 

Strobe 

Alarm 

Modules* 

Modules 

Maximum 

Number of 

Modules 

6 - - 6 

5 - 1 6 

4 1 - 5 

3 1 1 5 

2 2 - 4 

1 2 1 4 

*Note: Xenon strobe modules occupy two modules in the 

stack. 

3. Choose your audible 

alarm 

You may add one audible alarm to each 

stacklight assembly. Choose from one of 

three different alarm types in two different 

voltages. Remember, when using an 

audible alarm, the stacklight assembly is 

no longer protected to NEMA 4X. Cutler- 

Hammer rates the audible alarm at IP20, 

NEMA 1 protection level. 

4. Choose your mounting 

base and extension tube 

The E26BL stacklight base can be 

mounted directly onto an enclosure or 

machine surface and includes the 

E26S105 gasket. If you need additional 

height, use the optional ES109 mounting 

base and one of the five 

available extension tubes. 

Volume 14 


Stacklight Lamps and LEDs 

Light and Xenon 

strobe modules 

E26 light modules are offered in 

incandescent and cylindrical LED 

versions for 24 and 120 volt AC/DC. 

Xenon strobe modules are offered in 

24 and 120 volt AC/DC. While incandescent 

modules are less expensive 

than LED modules, LED modules have 

an average operating life of 100,000 

hours compared to 7,000 to 12,000 

hours for incandescent modules. LED 

modules have very low current draw 

and should not be used with triac 

output devices like PLC triac output 

modules. It is recommended that dry 

contact outputs be used to switch 120 

VAC modules. The Xenon module 

occupies two module spaces in the 

stack. One module houses the electronics 

and the other houses the lamp. 

Only the top module of the two 

flashes. 

Volts 

AC/DC 

Color Incandescent 

0.59 (15) 

2.72 (69) 

Price Xenon Price Cylindrical 


*Note: Cylindrical LED modules are not available in 120V Clear. 

Standard Light Unit 

2.56 (65) 


Unit 


Light and Xenon Strobe Modules 

0.59 (15) 

Xenon Strobe Unit 

2.72 (69) 

2.72 (69) 

2.56 (65) 

Strobe 

Unit 

Electronic 

Unit 


Price Volts 

AC/DC 

Color 

Incandescent 

Price Xenon Price 

Cylindrical 


24V Red E26B2V2 E26BX2V2 E26BR1V2 120V Red E26B2V4 E26BX2V4 E26BR1V4 

24V Green E26B3V2 N/A N/A E26BG1V2 120V Green E26B3V4 N/A N/A E26BG1V4 

24V Blue E26B6V2 N/A N/A E26BB1V2 120V Blue E26B6V4 N/A N/A E26BB1V4 

24V Amber E26B9V2 N/A N/A E26BA1V2 120V Amber E26B9V4 N/A N/A E26BA1V4 

24V Clear E26B0V2 E26BX0V2 E26BW1V2 120V Clear E26B0V4 E26BX0V4 * 


Price 

Volume 14 

e25-141 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Stacklight Bases 

Each E26 stacklight requires a base. There 

are two kinds of bases: standard 

and flashing. Flashing bases 

are most often used for 

non-PLC applications, 

as the PLC can provide 

many flashing options 

with minimal programming 

when a standard 

base is used. A standard 

base allows up to six 

modules, including an audible 

alarm module. The flashing base will 

allow up to four flashing modules at 24 

volts AC/DC and six modules at 120 volts 

AC/DC, including an audible alarm 

module. Flashing bases can be wired for 

a steady or flashing condition for each 

module. Only incandescent lamps may 

be used with flashing bases. LED modules 

will not work. The bases flash at a rate of 

60 times per minute. The E26 stacklight 

base includes a gasket and a cap to top 

off the stack. 

Stacklight Bases 

Volts AC/DC Type 

Part 

Number 

Price 

24V and 120V Standard E26BL 

24V Flashing E26BFV2 

120V Flashing E26BFV4 

Flasher 

Base Voltage 

Flasher 

Max Allowable No. 

of Light Modules 

24 VAC/DC 4 

120 VAC/DC 6 

Supply 

. 

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 

Supply 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

Standard Base 

. CC1 2 3 4 5 6 

External 

Switching 

Devices 

Flashing 

Circuit 

Steady 

Circuit 

7 8 9 10 

Orange 

Wire 

Flashing 

Module 

Flashing Base 

0.18 (4.6) Dia. 

or #8-32 Thread 

or (M4 x 0.7) 

0.87 

(22.1) Dia. 

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 

Factory 

Wiring 

Field 

Wiring 

External 

Switching 

Devices 

C 1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 

Orange Flasher 

Wire 

1.75 (44.5) 

or 1.65 (42.0) 2 

Base Mounting 

Drill 2 mounting holes to 0.18" (4.6mm) and one wiring hole to 0.87"(22.1mm) dia. in enclosure. 

Mount stacklight with #8-32 (M4) Screws. Tighten to torque of 7 in-lb (0.79 Nm). 

Volume 14 


Stacklight Accessories and Replacement Parts 

Audible alarms 

Three different audible alarms are available 

for E26 stacklights in 24 and 

120 VAC/DC. One alarm per stacklight 

may be included in the assembly and is 

mounted atop the stacklight. No tools are 

required for attaching or wiring the alarm. 

The alarm draws very little current and units 

used in 120 VAC applications should be 

switched with dry contact type output 

devices. Leakage from triac modules will 

activate the alarm in the “OFF” condition. 

Alarms are available in mono-tonal, bitonal, 

and intermittent tones. The sound 

levels can be adjusted from 64 to 90 dB. 

Typical current draw is 11 to 13 mA for 

24V and 120V versions. Check out our 

Web site for .wav samples of the alarm 

tones. 

Extension tubes and 

mounting bases 

The E26 stacklight base may be mounted 

directly to the machine or control cabinet. 

For greater height, extension tubes and 

mounting bases are available. 

The mounting base is anodized alloy and 

threaded to 3/4” NPT for compatibility 

with standard pipe and conduit threads. 

The extension tubes are also anodized 

alloy and threaded to 3/4” NPT. Extension 

tubes are available in four straight lengths 

from 3/4” to 30”, and a 2” x 2.5” rightangle 

extension model. 

Volts 

AC/DC Adjustment 

Range 

Audible alarm 

Mounting base Extension tube 

Typical 

Current 

Draw (mA) 

Alarm Units Specifications 

Monotonal 

Part 

Number 

Description Dimensions Part Number Price 

Right angle extension tube 

for E26 stacklights 

2.00”(50.8mm) x 2.50”(63.5mm) E26BRU 

Mounting Base Specifications 

Description Notes Part Number Price 

Mounting base for optional elevated mounting 

using extension tube. Black anodized cast zinc. 

Standard 4-hole 

mounting base. E26S109 

Extension tube with mounting base 

Extension *Height tube dimension with mounting "A" 

base *Height dimension “A” 

A 

Price Bi-tonal 

Part 

Number 

Price 

Alarm Alarm Unit Unit Dimensions Dimensions 

2.00 

(50.8) 

2.56 

(65) 

Intermittent 

Part 

Number 

24V 64 dB to 90 dB 12.6 E26BQV2 E26BNV2 E26BPV2 

120V 64 dB to 90 dB 11.5 E26BQV4 E26BNV4 E26BPV4 

Extension Tube Specifications 

Description Length 

Height A* with 

Mounting Base 


For use with standard 

mounting base or 3/4” 

NPT threaded hub --black 

anodized aluminum. 

0.79” (20mm) 1.77” (45mm) E26BHU 

6.30” (160mm) 7.28” (185mm) E26BJU 

14.17” (360mm) 15.16” (385mm) E26BKU 

29.92” (760mm) 30.91” (785mm) E26BMU 

0.59 

(15) 

1.69 

(42.9 

Dimensions in inches (millimeters) 

2.50 

(63.5) 

Right angle extension tube 


Price 

Volume 14 

e25-143 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Stacklight Replacement Parts 

Gasket 

O-ring 

Replacement lamps 

LEDs 

These LEDs can be used as replacement 

bulbs to convert a standard incandescent 

lamp to an LED type. 

Note: Use with dry contact outputs when operating 

with AC. Triac leakage current will illuminate 

the LED module. 

Gasket Specifications 


Replacement mounting gasket 

*Note: 120V White LED Modules are not available. 

Included with stacklight 

base. 

O-ring Specifications 

E26S105 


Replacement lens O-ring 

Included with light 

modules. 

Incandescent Replacement Lamps 

E26S106 

Description Volts AC/DC Part Number Price 

Incandescent replacement lamps 

24V 

110/120V 

E26S9 

(marked on base 

28-6019-2) 

E26S11 

(marked on base 

28-6019-4) 

Replacement LEDs 

Volts 

AC/DC 

Color Part Number Price 

Volts 

AC/DC 

Color Part Number Price 

24V Red E26S117 120V Red E26S138 

24V Amber E26S118 120V Amber E26S139 

24V Green E26S121 120V Green E26S142 

24V Blue E26S122 120V Blue E26S143 

24V White E26S123 * 

Volume 14 

e25-144 Pushbuttons and Lights 1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5 

 

Stacklight Installation 

Mounting options 

Stacklight bases may be mounted 

without the use of an extension tube 

or mounting base. If additional 

height is required, choose extension 

tubes that fit between the mounting 

base and stacklight base. The 

extension tubes are threaded with 

3/4” NPT threads, allowing for 

direct connection to conduit fittings 

or threaded holes without the use of 

a mounting base. 

Four-hole mounting for E26S109 3/4” conduit hub 

Set Screw 

Recommended 

Tightening Torque 

is 7 In-lb 

(0.79 Nm) 

0.20 (5.08) Dia. 

or #10-32 Thread 

or (M5 x 0.7) 

2.12 (53.8) 

Dia. 

Stacklight 

Base 

O-Rings 

Extension 

Tube 

Mounting 

Base 

Mounting 

Gasket 

Panel 

0.87 

(22.1) Dia. 

90 o 

Set Screw 

Recommended 

Tightening Torque 

is 7 In-lb 

(0.79 Nm) 

(Use Rubber-Jawed 

Pilers for Installation 

to Avoid Scratching the 

Black Anodized Coating) 

3/4" conduit hub 


Stacklight 

Base 

O-Rings 

Extension 

Tube 

Myers Type 

ST-2 or ST-2CP 

3/4” Hub or 

equivalent 

(not sold by 

AutomationDirect) 

Panel 

Volume 14 

e25-145 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Safety 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-146 

If it’s in your cabinet, it’s in our catalog! 

Over 12,000 In-stock Quality Products 

Starting with the enclosure, we carry everything you need to build an electrical control system, right 

down to the wire and tools. And we have the devices that go in the panel, such as logic controllers, 

HMI, drives, relays, and motor controls. If you’re maintaining existing systems, 

we’ve got great prices on MRO parts such as circuit breakers, fuses, motors, pneumatics 

and pilot devices. In addition to our catalog all our products are available to 

order 24/7 at www.automationdirect.com 

Value Pricing 

Our everyday prices on 

industrial control products are well 

below the list prices of more 

traditional automation companies 

because, with our direct business 

model and focus on high 

efficiency, AUTOMATIONDIRECT has 

the lowest overhead in the 

industry. We pass the savings on 

to you by offering high-quality 

products at low prices. 


FREE Award 

Winning 

Support 

Almost 99% of AUTOMATIONDIRECT 

customers responding to surveys 

say they would recommend us to 

someone else, and they do! And 

we’ve been voted tops in service 

by independent magazine 

surveys nine years running. 

FREE & Fast 

Shipping* 

The majority of our products are 

stocked for same-day shipping, 

when you place your order by 

6 p.m. EST. 

* Same day shipping with approved 

company credit or credit card. 

Free 2-day (transit) shipping for orders 

over $49; other expedited services extra. 

See Web site or catalog Terms and 

Conditions for all details and exceptions. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

29mm Beacons with Permanent LED Indicator 







230 series 

29mm Beacon Features 

• High-intensity LED permanent beacon 

• Mounting for either 22.5mm panel mount or M20 

thread for use with limit and cable-operated switches 

• Lock nut included with 22.5mm models 

• Mostly sideways illumination 

• Rubber seal included 

• 2 year warranty 

230 and 231 Series Beacons with Permanent LED Indicator Technical Specifications 

Part 

Number 

Price LED 

Color 

Current 

Starting 

Current 

Operating Temp 

/Protection 

231 series 

Life 

Duration Housing 

Material 

Weight Connection 

230 Series 20 mm x 1.5 Threaded Base 

24V DC 

23010055 Red 

Volume 14 

e25-148 

57/58mm Beacons 

57/58mm Beacon Features 

• Available in permanent Incandescent or LED, and 

Xenon flashing models 

• 360° visibility 

• For use in 22.5 mm standard control panel holes 

• Connection by 6.3mm x 0.8mm spades 


Incandescent 

Permanent 




Xenon 

Flashing 


(0.75 Hz flash 

frequency) 

max. 48V 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

24V DC 

115V AC 

Part 

Number 


206 series 207 and 208 

series 

Pushbuttons and Lightss 

• Finger-proof when used with insulated spades 

• Changeable bulb for incandescent models not 

included 

• Lock nut and rubber seal included 


206, 207 and 208 Series 57/58mm Beacons Technical Specifications 

20610000 Red 

20620000 Green 

20630000 Yellow 

20640000 Clear 

Price Lamp 

Color 

Current 

Starting 

Current 

Depends 

on bulb 

selection. 

See chart 

below. 

20650000 Blue 

20710075 Red 

20720075 Green 

20730075 Yellow

22.5 mm Panel-mount Electrical Buzzers 


107 Series 


109 Series 

22.5mm Buzzer Features 

• Mount in 22.5 mm hole 

• Fourteen models available 

• Continuous and pulse-tone models 

• 80 to 100 decibels 

• Buzzer without sound output holes 

• Low current consumption 

• High IP 65 protection rating 

• Simple connector-plug connection 


107 Series Buzzer Specifications 

Part Number 10700075 10700077 10701075 10701077 

Price 

Description Buzzer 

Voltage 24V AC/DC 115V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 115V AC/DC 

Current Consumption ≤ 8 mA 


Maximum Volume 80 dB @ 10 cm 

Tone Type Continuous Pulse, approx.1 Hz 



Protection IP 65 


Housing Material Polyamide-Fiberglass 

Connection Connector with max. wire 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG), 0.3N torque 

Agency Approvals cULus file E164155, CE, RoHS 


Part Number 10900075 10900077 10901075 10901077 

Price 

Description Buzzer 

Voltage 24V AC/DC 115V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 115V AC/DC 



Maximum Volume 80 dB @ 1 meter 

Tone Type Continuous Pulse, approx. 1 Hz 





Housing Material Polycarbonate (PC)/ABS, (black) 

Connection Connector with max. wire 1.5 mm 2 (16 AWG), 0.3N torque 


Volume 14 

w w w . a u t o m a t i o n d i r e c t . c o m / Signaling Pushbuttons and Lights e25-149 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-150 


Buzzer without sound output holes 


• 8 selectable tones 

• Adjustable volume, 100 decibels 

maximum at one meter 


110 Series 


• LED permanent light indicator 

• Continuous tone 

• Simple connection with connector plug 

• 80 decibels volume at one meter 


150 Series 


Note: Refer to insert for available tones. 


Part Number 11000067 11000075 

Price 

Description Buzzer Element with selectable tones 

Voltage 115V AC 24V AC/DC 

Current Consumption ≤ 40 mA ≤ 80 mA 

Tone Frequency 1.6 and 3.4 kHz 


Tone Type Multi-tonal, 8 selectable tones 




Weight 79 g [2.79 oz] 64 g [2.26 oz] 

Housing Material Polycarbonate (PC)/ABS 



150 Series Buzzer with LED Indicator Specifications 

Part Number 15010055 15010067 15030055 15030067 

Price 

Description Buzzer element with LED indicator 

LED Indicator Red Yellow 

Voltage 24V DC 115V AC 24V DC 115V AC 

Current Consumption ≤ 50 mA ≤ 20 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 20 mA 



Tone Type Continuous 

Life Duration Up to 50,000 h 




Housing Material Cap: Polycarbonate. Base: Polycarbonate (PC)ABS - black 



Wiring Diagram 

X3 

N 

(-) 

X2 

L1 

(+) 

X1 

L1 

(+) 

X1, X3 

X2, X3 

X1 & X2, 2, X3 

Note: Buzzer will not sound without light energized. 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5


with Acknowledgment Function 

Buzzer without sound output holes 


• LED permanent light with continuous tone 

• 80 decibels volume at one meter 

• Lightly press to silence the audible signal 

• Potential-free output for transmission of the 

acknowledgment signal to the control unit 

• Positive and negative logic 


450 Series 

1 

♪ 

♫ 

♪ 

BEEP - BEEP - BEE P 

LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT 


BEE P - BEEP - BEEP 

An initial alarm is indicated 

by both an illuminated and 

audible signal. 

2 

Part Number 


45010055 45030055 

Price 

Description Buzzer element with acknowledgment function 

LED Indicator Color Red Yellow 

Voltage 24V /DC 


Tone Frequency 3 kHz 


Max. Output (acknowledgment) Solid State 30V, 100 mA 

Tone Type Continuous 

Life Duration > 50,000 h 




Housing Material Cap: Polycarbonate. Body: Black Polycarbonate 

Connection Connector plug with screwable connection max. 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG) 


Wiring 

0 = L = 0V 

1 = H = 24 V 

common = 0 

BEEP - BEEP - BEE P 


LI LI LIGGGG LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT IIG 

IGGGGGGGGGGGG 

BEE P - BEEP - BEEP 

The audible signal can be 

silenced quickly by lightly 

pressing on the front of 

the indicator. 

Volume 14 


3 

0 = L = 24 V 

1 = H = 0 V 

Sound 


common = 24 V 



An acknowledge signal 

is then transmitted via an 

electronic switch, and the alarm 

is now only indicated by the 

illuminated visual signal. 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-152 

75mm Beacons 

75mm Beacon Features 

• Choose from blinking, rotating or permanent LED 

models, flashing Xenon model, or permanent 

Incandescent model 

• Light-intensive Xenon flash in flash models 

• High-impact polycarbonate lens 

(up to 20 joules) 


Incandescent 

Permanent 



Permanent 



Blinking 


(1 Hz flash 

frequency) 


Rotating 

Light (120 

rotations/min 

flash frequency) 

Xenon 

Flashing 


(1 Hz flash 

frequency) 

250V max 

(depends on 

bulb selection) 

24V AC/DC 

115V AC 

24V AC/DC 

24V AC/DC 

24V DC 

115V AC 

Part 

Number 



815, 816 and 817 Series 75mm Beacons Technical Specifications 

81510000 Red 

81520000 Green 

81530000 Yellow 

81540000 Clear 

Price Color Current Starting 

Current 

Depends 

on bulb 

selection. 

See chart 

below. 

81550000 Blue 

81610055 Red 

81620055 Green < 45 mA 

81630055 Yellow 

≤ 0.5 A 

81640055 Clear < 25 mA 

81650055 Blue < 45 mA 

81610067 Red 

81620067 Green 

81630067 Yellow < 25 mA – 

81640067 Clear 

81650067 Blue 

81611055 Red 

81621055 Green 

81631055 Yellow < 25 mA ≤ 0.5 A 

81641055 Clear 

81651055 Blue 

81613055 Red 

81623055 Green < 40 mA 

81633055 Yellow 

≤ 0.5 A 

81643055 Clear < 70 mA 

81653055 Blue < 40 mA 

81710055 Red 

81720055 Green 

81730055 Yellow

Beacon Accessories 

Part 

Number 

97581201 

97581202 

97581503 

97581507 

97581508 

97581522 

Werma Beacons Accessories 


Operating 

Temp. 

Tube adapter for beacons with 37mm (PG 29) 

mounting installation. Find tube adapter accessories 

in WERMA Stack light catalog section. 

Surface mounting base for beacons with 37mm 

(PG 29) mounting installation 

Surface mounting enclosure for 1 beacon with 

37mm (PG 29) mounting installation 

Surface mounting enclosure for 2 beacons with 


Surface mounting enclosure for 3 beacons with 


Anti-twist washer for beacons with 37mm (PG 29) 

mounting installation 

975 815 03 

975 815 07 

975 815 08 

975 815 22 

815/816/817 

975 812 02 

-4˚F to 122˚F 

[-20˚C to 50˚C] 

975 812 01 

Will adapt to all tubes 

and tube mounting 

accessories found in 

WERMA Stack Light 

section. 


Polyamide 

/Fiberglass 

Polyamide 

/Fiberglass with 

rubber seal 

Polycarbonate 

ABS blend 

304 

Stainless steel 

Volume 14 

1.13 g 

[0.04 oz] 


2.83 g 

[0.1 oz] 

8.5 g 

[0.3 oz] 

14.17 g 

[0.5 oz] 

17.0 g 

[0.6 oz] 

0.57 g 

[0.02 oz] 

Company 

Information 

Systems 

Overview 

Programmable 

Controllers 

Field I/O 

Software 

C-more & 

other HMI 

Drives 

Soft 

Starters 

Motors & 

Gearbox 

Steppers/ 

Servos 

Motor 

Controls 

Proximity 

Sensors 

Photo 

Sensors 

Limit 


Encoders 

Current 

Sensors 

Pressure 

Sensors 

Temperature 

Sensors 



Process 

Relays/ 

Timers 

Comm. 

Terminal 

Blocks & 

Wiring 

Power 

Circuit 

Protection 

Enclosures 

Tools 

Pneumatics 

Appendix 

Product 

Index 

Part # 

Index

Volume 14 

e25-154 

Beacon Accessories 

Dimensions mm [in.] 

97581201 

97581522 


97581202 

1 - 8 0 0 - 6 3 3 - 0 4 0 5

LED Indicator Light/Momentary Switch/Push Buttons/Selector Switch ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?